Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Treatt

Treatt

tet · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker tet
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Treatt
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT & 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
2017

We are a leading independent ingredients 
manufacturer and solutions provider to  
the global flavour, fragrance and consumer 
goods markets from our bases in the UK,  
US, China and Kenya.

We have been making the world taste better since our foundation in 1886,  
but this is just the beginning. Committed to continuous improvement, we have 
deeply established roots and a clear strategic path that drives us forward.

Our people are creative, technically excellent and dedicated, allowing us  
to develop and supply a range of ready-made or bespoke systems to suit 
even the most adventurous needs.

“Collaborating at the crossroads of science and art,  
we make the ordinary extraordinary.”

Annual Report & Financial Statements

2017

2017 REVIEW

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

REVENUE
£109.6M

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

NET OPERATING MARGIN
12.6%

Revenue represents the total sales of all businesses in the Group, 
and reflects both underlying business growth as well as the impact 
of movements in raw material prices and foreign exchange rates.

Net operating margin reflects the overall profitability of the business 
before financing costs.

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

£74.1m
£79.2m
£85.9m
£88.0m
£109.6m

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

ADJUSTED PROFIT BEFORE TAX*
£12.9M

Adjusted profit before tax shows the trend in profits before tax  
(but ignoring exceptional items).

RETURN ON CAPITAL EMPLOYED
24.3%

Return on capital employed is a measure of the Group’s  
profitability relative to the assets invested in the business.

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

£6.2m
£6.9m
£8.0m
£8.8m
£12.9m

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

9.4%
9.6%
10.1%
10.8%
12.6%

19.4%
19.9%
22.1%
24.6%
24.3%

DIVIDENDS PER SHARE** (PENCE)
4.80P

Dividends per share shows the total dividend (interim plus final)  
per share relating to each financial year.

AVERAGE NET DEBT TO EBITDA***
0.39

Average net debt to EBITDA measures the debt of the Group  
relative to its profitability. The lower the ratio is, the more  
manageable the level of debt.

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

3.70p
3.84p
4.04p
4.35p
4.80p

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

1.28
0.99
0.78
0.35
0.39

*All adjusted figures exclude exceptional items, details of which are given in note 8.

**The dividend per share relates to the interim dividend declared and final dividend 
proposed in relation to the corresponding financial year.

***EBITDA is calculated as profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation 
and exceptional items. Average net debt is calculated as the average of the opening 
and closing net debt for the financial year.

WHAT’S INSIDE
WHAT STANDS US APART   
Understand what is driving the sustainable growth across the Group

HOW WE’RE GROWING   
Learn how we continue to deliver impressive results

WHERE WE’RE HEADING   
Discover what our future holds and how we’re going to achieve  
continued success

OVERVIEW
Group Five Year Trading Record   

Chairman’s Statement   

Chief Executive Officer’s Report   

Financial Review   

Directors’ Report   

The Board   

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities   

Strategic Report   

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance Statement   

Directors’ Remuneration Report   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Treatt plc   

Group Income Statement   

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income   

Group and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity   

Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets   

Group and Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows   

Group Reconciliation of Net Cash Flow to Movement in Net Debt   

Notes to the Financial Statements   

OTHER INFORMATION
Notice of Annual General Meeting   

Parent Company Information and Advisers   

Financial Calendar   

  02

  05

  06

  09
  10
  12
  16
  21
  22
  26
  27

  38
  44

  56
  59
  60
  61
  63
  64
  65
  66

  97
  102
  103

1

WHAT STANDS 
US APART

We partner with the world’s largest flavour and 
fragrance companies and the most well-known 
consumer beverage brands to deliver innovative 
solutions that excite and inspire. Competing at the 
highest level every day, we have engineered our 
business to consistently bring its best to exceed 
our customers’ expectations. Our empowering, 
energetic and performance-driven culture fuels 
the growing success of the Group and is how 
we’re different. 

TEAMWORK
A  global  network  of  over  370  talented  colleagues  work  and  grow  together  to  
deliver against our business strategy. We work as high-performing teams, whether  
in our own departments or as cross-functional groups collaborating on a project. 
Customers recognise the momentum we create together in each interaction with us. 

Everyone from the global management team to the chemists in the lab and the forklift 
truck  drivers  in  our  warehouses  understand  where  our  business  is  going  and  take 
responsibility  for their  part  in  helping to  get  us there.  By  sharing  common  goals,  
we are efficient and highly focused, championing the importance of great communication 
at every turn.

We happily share our knowledge with colleagues and customers alike, allowing us  
to become part of their organisations too. Our people get a kick out of helping others 
and believe in their shared ability to effect real change.

CHALLENGE
You will never find our people resting on their laurels. We believe in our ability to improve 
and are ‘always on’ when it comes to opportunities to develop and evolve. 

We are proactive problem solvers who look for a better way. Whether it’s a process 
improvement, an innovative way of supply chain mapping or new product development;  
our  teams  are  inventing  ways  to  increase  efficiency  and  deliver  excellence  for  
our customers. 

This attitude is not restricted by role, experience or department. Our innovation culture 
ensures this  responsibility  is  shared  by the  whole  Group.  We  now  have  almost  100 
people in the UK working on a range of projects, each with the sole objective of finding 
a better way at its heart.

2

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017INTEGRITY
Our  people  define  and  maintain  the  highest  standards  across  the  business  as  well  
as the industries in which we operate. Our reputation has been earned over the last 
130 years by delivering consistently high-quality results. Customers have peace of 
mind that they’re working with people and products they can empirically trust.

Travelling  the  world  and  building  personal  relationships  with  our  processors  and 
farmers  gives  us  first-hand  detailed  knowledge  of  our  supply  chain,  which  is  
invaluable  to  our  customers.  We  share  this  information  with  our  customers  via  
market  intelligence  reports,  presentations  and  workshops  as  part  of  our  service. 

We have earned their confidence in our rigorous quality assurance, composition and 
containment analysis, together with appropriate labelling for smooth, safe transportation 
across the globe.

This commitment to standards extends to the professional and personal development 
of staff. 

81%

of staff attended 
developmental 
training

4035

hours of training 

36%

of staff attended four  
or more courses

>70

courses available 
through company  
Leadership &  
Development 
programme

PRIDE AND PASSION
We have come a long way and the discretionary effort of our engaged people is the fuel 
that continually drives us forward. We love what we do and feel enormous satisfaction 
for our work, which is recognised and appreciated by our customers. They want to 
work with us because of our approach, which brings an authentic credibility to what  
we do every day.

Our  people  are  truly  switched  on  across  every  aspect  of  the  business  and  with 
approximately 75% of staff owning shares in the company, we have a collective interest 
in our shared success.

We believe in our direction of travel and know that by working together, to the best  
of our abilities, we will absolutely get there. 

3

4

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017HOW WE’RE 
GROWING

We  continue  to  deliver  sustainable  results  by 
increasing our market share across key product 
categories in growing markets.

CREATING TRENDS OF THE FUTURE
By operating at the cutting edge of sensory innovation, the market insights we share 
help shape our customers’ new product development. Whether we’re hosting innovation 
workshops for flavourists and perfumers, providing market data or delivering reports 
on what’s going to be the next big hit on the supermarket shelves – customers rely  
on the intel we provide.

SUSTAINABLE GLOBAL SOURCING
We work hard to develop and maintain a transparent and stable supply chain across  
our product portfolio, mitigating risk and providing maximum traceability throughout 
every stage of the process.

DELIVERING QUALITY
We are governed by the highest set of industry standards which gives our customers 
peace  of  mind  that  they’re  working  with  people  and  products  they  can  trust.  
Customers  have  confidence  in  our  rigorous  quality  assurance,  composition  and 
containment  analysis,  partnering  with  our  people  at  every  stage  of  their  project.

INNOVATION YOU CAN TASTE

We have an established heritage that grounds us, but also gives us foundations from 
which we can confidently launch ourselves into what’s ahead. We are committed to 
identifying and understanding market trends driven by complex global socio-economic 
factors and see innovation as a responsibility of every department across the Group.

PROTECTING OUR CUSTOMERS AND THEIR CONSUMERS
Our  regulatory  knowledge,  dedication  and  attention  to  detail  enable  us  to  deliver  
end-to-end quality that our customers can trust. We know we’re getting it right when 
customers rely on our people for on-going support or come to us with a problem they 
need solving quickly and efficiently.

5

WHERE WE’RE 
HEADING

Having met our 2020 financial targets this year, 
our revised strategic pathway illustrates how we 
will continue to build on this success.

OUR BUSINESS

We are a company that means business, and this has never been more apparent.  
As a Group, we continue to improve our focus and efficiency to better our position  
in the value chain. This approach is bringing us closer to our customers, strategically 
expanding our footprint across their organisations. 

By fostering a culture of innovation, we are seeing cross-departmental teams come 
together  and  identify  opportunities  to  drive  us  forward.  Whether  it’s  a  matter  of 
improving processing techniques, reducing waste and maximising training to developing 
new ways of working, consolidating existing resources and getting the most out of our 
existing site – our people are delivering sustainable growth.

Our UK relocation plans continue to move forward on schedule following submission of 
our planning application at the end of September. An internal steering group has been 
appointed to support the project as it enters the next phase of development, made up 
of representatives from across the organisation.

The move will be the single most significant development for the Group to date and  
will revolutionise almost every area of the business. Our flagship site will attract the  
best talent in the industry and will position us as the leading, science-led, business  
that we are.

Expansion work has begun at our site in Lakeland, Florida, giving us increased office, 
lab and manufacturing space to serve our growing customer base.

OUR PEOPLE

Our people are our biggest and most important strategic asset and their happiness  
is integral to the success of the business. We have a culture that attracts and retains 
the  brightest  minds  and  once  part  of  our  growing team,  we  continue to  cultivate  
our  talent  with  a  tailored  training  and  development  program  that  will  help  them  
reach their potential.

6

OUR INDUSTRY

There has never been a more exciting time to 
work in our industry as it continues to shift 
and evolve. The global beverage industry  
is expected to reach an estimated value of 
$1.9 trillion by 2021 as compound growth  
of 3% is forecast over the next three years. 

Established and emerging trends continue 
to have an impact on the dynamics of this 
sector as the use of natural flavours,  
sugar reduction solutions and tea blends  
all gain momentum. 

Millennials the world over are increasingly 
aware of their collective buying power and 
are having a transformative impact on every 
aspect of the beverage market. New product 
development pipelines are shortening as 
competition heightens, giving rise to more 
opportunities for innovation. 

We look to increase our market share by 
working with customers in regions where 
we can add real value. 

3%

Compound annual 
growth forecast 
over the next  
three years

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017CITRUS
Within the beverage industry, the taste for citrus flavours remains strong 
and will continue to grow as the familiarity of these ingredients becomes 
a ‘gateway’ for consumers trying new flavours when paired with a more 
traditional orange, lemon or lime. The citrus category is helping brands  
to  revitalise  and  capture the  imagination  of  consumers  in  new  ways, 
while leaning on the naturalness of flavours and the provenance of their 
origins. As they work well in almost every beverage category, we will  
see  more  and  more  citrus  flavours  appearing  in  everything  from  juices  
and flavoured waters to sparkling drinks and teas.

Citrus has been a core part of our business for many decades and will 
continue to be as we move forward. Our Global Citrus Strategy focuses 
our efforts to ensure we’re best placed to lead the market as it evolves.  
We have the best people in place from procurement, sales and purchasing 
to  distillation,  manufacturing  and  bulking.  We  take  pride  in  working 
together to grow this profitable category for the business through new 
product development wins and matching opportunities.

SUGAR REDUCTION
Reducing  sugar  levels  without  compromising  on  flavour,  mouth-feel, 
brand identity or cost will continue to become an increasingly significant 
concern for beverage brands across the world in the years to come. 
Now  central to  business  strategy,  sugar  reduction  is  of  paramount 
importance. Everyone from independently owned start-ups to global 
household  names  are  reformulating  their  product  ranges  as  sugar 
reduction  concerns  drive  new  product  development  across  almost 
every beverage category. 

As this is a core part of our growth strategy, we continue to invest in 
our resources, skills and equipment. A growing team of R&D chemists 
across the UK and the USA work in partnership with our customers to 
ensure their needs are met – delivering industry leading products that 
reduce sugar levels without sacrificing on the consumer experience. 
Our  global  presence  allows  us  to  take  advantage  of  established 
opportunities in the West as well as the emerging landscape in the East.

TEA
Tea is the second most widely consumed beverage worldwide, following 
water. It is globally popular in different forms, with ready-to-drink iced 
tea and cold brew tea blends growing market share in North America, 
while exotic Chinese and Japanese varieties like Matcha gain huge 
momentum across Europe. As consumers move towards low-sugar, 
natural beverages that may have additional health benefits, tea has  
a broad appeal. It can be niche and premium, as well as suitable for 
every day, making it an exciting place to play.

Our  team  supports  a  growing  customer  base  in  the  creation  and 
production  of  some  of  the  most  exciting  tea  products  in  this  fast-
expanding market. Whether customers are looking for a fresh brewed 
flavour  in  their  ready-to-drink  iced  tea  or  a  delicate  top  note  in  a 
blended  beverage,  we  supply  the  perfect  tailored  solution  across  
a range of applications.

7

8

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017

GROUP FIVE YEAR TRADING RECORD

Income Statement
Revenue

EBITDA1

Operating profit

Adjusted2 profit before taxation

Growth in adjusted2 profit before taxation 

Exceptional items

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION

Taxation

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company

Balance Sheet
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset
Non-current trade and other receivables
Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current trade and other payables
Non-current bank loans
Post-employment benefits
Non-current derivative financial instruments
Non-current redeemable loan notes (net)

Total equity

Cash Flow
Cash generated from operations
Taxation paid
Net interest paid
Dividends paid
Additions to non-current assets net of proceeds
Acquisition of interests in joint ventures or subsidiaries
Purchase of redeemable loan notes
Net sale of own shares by share trust
Other

Movement in net debt

Total net debt

Ratios
Net operating margin3
Return on capital employed4
Average net debt to EBITDA5
Adjusted2 basic earnings per share
Growth in adjusted 2 basic earnings per share
Dividend per share6
Dividend cover (adjusted to exclude exceptionals)6
Net assets per share

Notes:

2013
£’000

74,097

8,278

6,938

6,227

23.1%

(1,093)

5,134

(1,655)

3,479

1,075
684
11,718
(723)
586
38,340
(12,484)
(23)
(8,889)
(1,589)
(577)
(675)

27,443

9,250
(649)
(714)
(1,585)
(1,578)
(9)
—
91
(151)

4,655

2014 
£’000

79,189

9,022

7,928

6,904

10.9%

(1,402)

5,502

(1,553)

3,949

1,075
726
10,994
(611)
586
43,590
(16,005)
(23)
(7,857)
(2,529)
(511)
(675)

28,760

3,528
(1,552)
(724)
(1,899)
(746)
—
—
91
12

(1,290)

2015
£’000

85,934

10,109

8,690

7,950

15.2%

(174)

7,776

(1,786)

5,990

1,075
661
10,998
(390)
—
45,045
(13,481)
—
(7,065)
(2,959)
(699)
—

33,185

8,667
(1,469)
(740)
(1,978)
(1,027)
—
—
180
(204)

3,429

2016
£’000

88,040

11,038

9,549

8,846

11.3%

(553)

8,293

(2,144)

6,149

2,727
637
11,361
325
—
54,435
(16,388)
—
(7,755)
(7,401)
(754)
—

37,187

10,804
(2,022)
(703)
(2,095)
(788)
(752)
—
265
(208)

4,501

2017
£’000

109,627

15,341

13,805

12,892

45.7%

—

12,892

(3,347)

9,545

2,727
604
14,821
619
—
68,228
(27,003)
—
(7,293)
(5,822)
(403)
—

46,478

4,683
(2,822)
(913)
(3,025)
(5,203)
(900)
(675)
355
(71)

(8,571)

(8,294)

(9,584)

(6,155)

(1,654)

(10,225)

9.4%
19.4%
1.28
8.64p
25.6%
3.70p
2.33
52.4p

9.6%
19.9%
0.99
9.95p
15.2%
3.84p
2.58
55.0p

10.1%
22.1%
0.78
11.94p
20.0%
4.04p
2.94
63.0p

10.8%
24.6%
0.35
12.84p
7.5%
4.35p
2.94
71.0p

12.6%
24.3%
0.39
18.29p
42.4%
4.80p
3.79
87.9p

1  EBITDA is calculated as profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items.

2 All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items – see note 8.

3 Operating profit divided by revenue.

4 Operating profit divided by total equity plus net debt.

5 Average of net debt at start and end of financial year divided by EBITDA1.

6  The dividend per share shown relates to the interim dividend declared and final dividend proposed  

for the corresponding financial year.

Overview

9

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

“This has been an outstanding year  
for Treatt, with adjusted* profit before  
tax up by 46%”

Strategic overview

Over  the  last  five  years  we  have  reshaped  our  business  and  our 
clear strategic direction has resulted in a consistently strong financial 
performance.  The  Group’s  focus  on  the  key  growth  drivers  in  the 
beverage sector including innovative citrus, tea and sugar reduction 
solutions, as well as growth markets such as China and North America, 
is showing clear signs of success.

As previously reported, 2017 saw the delivery of the financial objectives 
in our 2020 strategic plan some three years early. The Board has  
now approved a new five-year strategy which is evolutionary by nature 
and builds on the success and focus of the business over the past  
five years. 

Notwithstanding our strong growth and market position, we operate in 
a highly competitive global market and to build on our success we must 
continue to invest in our capabilities. As such, and to support the new 
growth strategy, the Board consider that appropriate levels of capital 
investment  will  be  required  to  modernise  the  Group’s  operations. 
Accordingly, the Group plans, as previously announced, to undertake a 
capital  investment  programme  to  expand  the  Group’s  US  operations 
and to invest in the Group’s UK relocation and expansion plan. 

10%

Increase in 
dividends

Results

Dividends

2017 was an outstanding year for Treatt with significant milestones 
achieved in both sales and profits. For the first time in our history sales 
exceeded  £100m  at  £109.6m  with  profit  before  tax  reaching  double 
figures at £12.9m.

Revenue increased in the year by 24.5% to £109.6m (2016: £88.0m) 
whilst gross profit margin improved by 130bps from 23.2% to 24.5%  
as our product mix continued to move towards higher value products 
and services. In constant currency, revenue increased by 18.5% and 
adjusted* profit before tax grew by 31.5% on a like-for-like basis.

The  Directors  propose  to  pay  a  final  dividend  of  3.35p  per  share  
(2016: 3.00p), increasing the total dividend for the year by 10.3% to 
4.80p (2016: 4.35p). If approved by shareholders at the forthcoming 
AGM,  the  final  dividend  will  be  payable  on  22  March  2018  to  all 
shareholders on the register at the close of business on 9 February 
2018.  Shareholders  who  wish  to  participate  in  the  dividend  
re-investment plan for this and future dividends should elect to do  
so by 1 March 2018.

UK site relocation

Adjusted profit before tax* of £12.9m grew by 45.7% compared with 
£8.8m last year, resulting in adjusted basic earnings per share* growth 
of 42.4% at 18.29p (2016: 12.84p). 

Outline  planning  permission  for  the  new  ten-acre  site  at  the  Suffolk 
Business Park, Bury St. Edmunds, has been granted, the land acquired, 
and the detailed planning application submitted with approval expected 

10

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017TIM JONES
Chairman

in early 2018. Once the tendering process has taken place, work is 
expected to commence on the build of the new site in summer 2018 
with completion in late 2019. 

as the longer, term. Significant risks, which are identified by their size  
of  impact  and  probability  of  occurrence,  are  detailed  on  the  Group  
risk register, which is regularly reviewed by the Board. 

The site will be a purpose-built, science-led, facility designed to drive 
further growth with domestic and international fast-moving consumer 
goods  companies,  as  well  as  to  increase  our  production  capacity, 
thereby creating a scalable business for the longer term. 

US site development

Due to its success in recent years, Treatt USA is reaching the limits  
of its current production capacity. We last expanded capacity at this  
site in 2011/2012. The Board has now approved further investment  
in the existing site in Lakeland, Florida which will involve an extension 
to  the  manufacturing  facilities  to  accommodate  the  installation  of 
additional  speciality  stills.  These  will  allow  us  to  meet  customer 
demand, particularly for two of our fastest growing product categories 
– tea and sugar reduction. We are also expanding our technical and 
office  facilities  to  create  a  more  efficient  and  technical  workplace. 
Construction is underway, with completion scheduled for late 2018. 

People – our strength

We believe adapting to change is essential for the continued growth  
of our Group which is why our culture sits firmly at the heart of our 
strategy. Over time our people continue to adapt to an ever-evolving 
landscape, whilst never losing sight of our core values. I would like  
to  take  this  opportunity  to  thank  them  for  all  their  hard  work  and 
enthusiasm  without  which  I  would  not  be  able  to  report  this  truly 
exceptional year for Treatt.

Prospects

The Group has had an encouraging start so far to the new financial 
year ending 30 September 2018 with both the UK and US tracking  
on plan. Furthermore, with order books up compared with the same 
time last year, the Group continues to perform in line with the Board’s 
expectations for the full year. 

Placing

To part fund this investment programme, we have separately announced 
an equity placing to raise approximately £21.6m with new and existing 
institutional investors which is subject to shareholder approval at a 
general meeting on 18 December 2017.

TIM JONES 
Chairman 
28 November 2017

Corporate governance

We believe strongly in the principles of good corporate governance  
and regularly undertake reviews to ensure that these are embedded 
throughout  the  organisation.  This  includes  making  sure  that  the  
Board has the breadth of skills and experience needed to optimise the 
Group’s prospects and our responsibilities to all our shareholders, staff,  
the communities with which we work, the environment, society at large 
and all stakeholders. A key area of the Board’s focus includes defining 
and  communicating  our  risk  appetite  and  conducting  a  broad 
assessment in respect of our business risks in the shorter, as well  

*All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items in the prior year, details of which are given in note 8.

Overview

11

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT

“A remarkable year for the Group as our 
efforts and performance delivered exciting 
new customer wins and give us further 
confidence for the future”

Review of FY17

It has been a year of strong growth for the Group with important new 
business wins with fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) customers. 
The dedication, patience and skill of colleagues throughout the Group 
have achieved some notable successes and I want to thank my teams 
for everything they do and are achieving for the business.

We started our financial year with strong momentum from the end of 
the  prior  year  and  that  momentum  continued  across  the  Group 
throughout  2017.  Material  new  business  wins  in  our  three  core  
areas  of  citrus,  tea  and  sugar  reduction  have  delivered  growth  
for the business in the year. 

Our  progress  over  the  last  five  years  has  been  very  encouraging.  
As Treatt transitions from its trading house roots to a more science-led, 
partnership  approach  with  its  customers, the  collective  confidence  
and energy of the business is growing. I am particularly encouraged 
that after five years of progress we have today more momentum and  
a greater hunger to push the business than ever before. This progress 
is  reflected  in  our  financial  performance.  In  the  last  five  years,  
we  have  more  than  doubled  adjusted*  profit  before  tax  to  £12.9m  
this year, having grown sales to over £100m for the first time in the 
Group’s history.

It is worth noting that the sales cycle for some of our customer projects 
can, on occasions, be measured in years from initial conversations 
regarding a specialist ingredient solution to the final contract with a 
customer.  Multiple  rounds  of  stability  trials,  consumer  acceptance 
testing  and  considerations  on  suitable  product  launch  timing  by  our 
customers all have an impact. Treatt’s teams have been working with 
customers on some of these more meaningful opportunities for some 
considerable time  and  it  is  pleasing to  see this  patience  rewarded  
with contribution from a number of these new wins in the year.

Citrus
Citrus, which is present in a large and growing number of beverages 
and an area where Treatt has had strong capabilities for many years,  
has  provided  solid  growth  in  the  year  and  our  focused  strategy  is 

12

25%

Increase  
in revenue

delivering notable wins. Citrus is also a good example of where we 
have strategically applied our deep knowledge of raw material markets 
to the benefit of our customer base, adding value and bringing them 
success. Getting our flavour solutions “designed in” at the inception 
stage of new beverage formulations is a key development in enabling 
us to achieve our objective of sustainable, profitable growth.

Tea
Through  our  proprietary  distillation,  we  supply  a  range  of  natural 
distillates with an authentic fresh-brewed tea flavour. This has been  
a key driver of our success in the tea market, which is built around 
growth in the consumption of iced tea principally, but not exclusively,  
in  the  North  American  market  as  consumer  preference  moves  from 
carbonated soft drinks. 

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017DAEMMON REEVE
Chief Executive Officer

Sugar reduction

Update on strategy

Sugar reduction remains a key focus for the entire drinks industry and 
our volumes and customer breadth have grown. Beverage formulators 
continue  to  find  important  and  authentic  flavour  nuances  from  our 
offerings, as well as seeing the benefits of our ability to maintain flavour 
profiles, in the technically complex world of reducing sugar content. 

Sugar reduction is a strongly developing trend as political pressure  
and  consumer  awareness  drive  demand  for  lower  sugar  levels. 
Consequently, sugar reduction remains a hot topic for the beverage 
industry.  Manufacturers  are  looking  to  achieve  reduction  without 
sacrificing the pleasing taste experience on the palate and importantly, 
flavour, which is much more complex than just the notion of sweetness. 
It  is  the  latter  vital  nuance  which  Treatt  has  focused  on,  and  our 
offerings into this market play to our strengths of authentic taste, but 
critically without the carbohydrates and associated calories of sugar.

Other product categories and markets
While the key growth drivers of citrus, tea and sugar reduction delivered 
strongly  during  the  year,  it  was  pleasing  that  the  wider  business  
also  performed  well.  Notable  growth  in  high-impact  synthetic  aroma 
chemicals, working with our partner Endeavour Specialty Chemicals, 
was achieved, and a new five-year agreement signed with them during 
the  year.  Earthoil, the  Group’s  niche  fair trade  and  organic  cosmetic 
ingredients business, has continued to maintain its progress of recent 
years. It is managed as a stand-alone business and is not considered 
core to the Group’s operations.

Looking  geographically,  both  the  traditionally  important  markets  of 
North America and Europe performed strongly. Pleasingly our newer 
strategic  efforts  in  China  and  India  are  also  showing  encouraging 
progress  since  we  have  committed  more  locally-based  sales  and 
technical  resources  to  cover  these  markets,  supported  by  greater 
product focus.

As detailed in the Strategic Report on page 27, in September 2017 the 
Board  approved  the  latest  iteration  of  our  Group  strategy.  This  new  
strategy is an evolution of the previous strategy which saw us hit internal 
five-year financial targets some three years early. Our focus remains  
on the  Group’s  core  growth  areas  of  citrus, tea  and  sugar  reduction,  
whilst ensuring sustainable growth in the Group’s wider business. 

Capital investment programme
To support this growth strategy, and to create a scalable business for 
the longer term, the Directors consider that appropriate levels of capital 
investment will be required to modernise the Group’s operations. This 
will  include  developing  an  environment  to  promote  its  partnership-
based client approach, and enhancing its technical capabilities to drive 
product  innovation,  margin  expansion  and  operational  efficiencies. 
Investment will also be required to increase capacity  at the  Group’s 
facilities to meet expected customer demand.

Accordingly, as previously announced, the Group plans to undertake  
a  capital  investment  programme  to  further  expand  the  Group’s  US 
production and operational capacity as well as to invest in the Group’s 
UK relocation and expansion plan. 

UK site relocation and expansion
In the UK, we look forward to our site relocation with excitement and  
a  great  sense  of  opportunity.  Our  new  environment  will  provide  a 
fundamentally improved customer experience, enabling us to showcase 
our expertise and extending our capabilities. We will have an appropriate 
technical-led  facility  aligned  to  meet  our  customers’  requirements,  
at the same time as bringing all the operational benefits of being within 
one  coherent  facility,  as  opposed to the  six  sub-optimal  buildings  we 
currently occupy. 

It has not been appropriate to commit to expenditure on new capital 
equipment in our current location but as part of the move more modern 
equipment will be purchased to optimise our manufacturing capabilities 
in  the  beverage  space,  and  deliver  process  improvements  which  will 
greatly improve operational efficiencies such as automated warehousing. 

*All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items in the prior year, details of which are given in note 8.

Overview

13

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT (CONTINUED)

We  will  also  be  able  to  build  deeper  relationships  with  customers 
through  collaborative  working  in  our  laboratories,  to  make  final 
refinements to formulations which will speed up the product approval 
process and improve acceptance rates. 

Much  of  our  success  in  the  last  few  years  has  been  achieved  
by  building  a  collaborative  culture  for  our  work  colleagues  and  to  
have  achieved  so  much  is  gratifying,  particularly  considering  our 
currently constrained physical environment. The new facility will be 
transformational in this regard and will enable us to more than meet 
customer expectations of a technical-led solutions provider. 

This  project  is  estimated to  cost  a  net  £35m,  details  of  which  can  
be found in the Financial Review on page 19.

US expansion
Significant  growth  in tea  and  sugar  reduction  solutions  during the  
year and a commensurate order book and opportunity pipeline has 
accelerated our plan to increase production capacity and supporting 
infrastructure  around  the  manufacturing  of  those  products  at  our 
Florida facility.

We  can  build  on  land  we  already  own  and  at  the  time  of  writing 
construction  is  underway  on this  $14m  project,  with  completion  and 
commissioning estimated by the end of 2018. This enhancement will 
provide a platform for the next phase of our strategy as we increase 
our focus on the areas of consumer growth in the markets we serve. 

This investment will deliver additional manufacturing capacity as well  
as efficiency and process improvements. It will also provide important 
physical expansion for our research and development teams, which are 
critical partners to our commercial team within key and target accounts. 
In  addition, the  expansion  will  provide  important  customer  experience 
improvements and, as in the UK, we will be able to welcome more of 
our customer scientists to work in our laboratories with our own teams. 

Funding

The Group capital investment programme is expected to be funded  
as follows:

•  a new five-year revolving credit facility totalling £15m, for 
which the Group has already received a commitment letter 
from HSBC (UK);

•  a  new  ten-year  construction  loan  totalling  US$11m,  for 
which the Group has already received a commitment letter 
from Bank of America; and

• 

the placing of new ordinary shares separately announced 
raising approximately £21.6m, subject to a general meeting 
on 18 December 2017.

People

We believe our strategy is right for our business but the power behind 
its delivery is the energy our fantastic teams give every day. We work 
tirelessly to ensure they are aligned and that Treatt is an attractive 
company to work for. We take care of our colleagues and ensure they 
are  given  opportunities  to  develop.  Attraction  and  retention  are  of 
paramount importance to the business and our staff turnover remains 
pleasingly very low. We have increased our Global HR team in the last 
year  which  has  been  a  crucial  step  in  delivering  our  engagement 
strategy,  with  greater  investments  being  made  in  bespoke  training  
and support for staff.

We  have  deepened  relationships  with  key  schools  and  colleges  
in the local area as well as partner universities. As we move closer  
to our site relocation in the UK we are turning our focus to building 
relationships  with  our  prospective  near  neighbours  in  education  
to ensure our talent pipeline remains robust. 

As  has  been  the  case  for  the  last  five  years,  a  core  focus  will  be  
on our colleagues throughout the Treatt Group as we strive for even 
higher levels of engagement, passion and determination. The power of 

14

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017our colleagues’ efforts for the business has been clearly evident in the 
success  of  the  last  five  years  and  through  investment  in  bespoke 
training  programs,  and  promoting  a  happy, vibrant  culture  where the 
company looks after our colleagues and engages with the community, 
we intend to make Treatt an even better environment in which to work, 
learn  and  drive  success.  The  majority  of  our  colleagues  are  also 
shareholders in the business and that connection provides tangible 
alignment to motivation and pride in working for Treatt. 

Health and safety is of prime importance

Our  culture  underpins  our  positive  work  around  health  and  safety 
across the Treatt Group. Health and safety is owned by all colleagues 
and we continue to challenge ourselves to find ways to continually 
improve, manage risks and develop in this critical area.

Community

Our values of teamwork, pride and passion, integrity and challenge,  
as well as enjoying our work, are central to how we deliver continued 
business success. 

Supporting  the  communities  in  which  we  work  has  always  been 
important to us; we regularly seek opportunities for staff to be involved 
in our communities in the UK, US and across the globe and I never fail to 
be impressed by our team’s commitment and support for these causes.

In  August,  to  support  mental  health  charity  Mind,  colleagues 
demonstrated true grit and determination when they cycled 880 miles 
in just 104 hours in atrocious weather conditions, raising over £8,000, 
with the support of staff across all our global offices. Staff in the UK 
joined  the  local  council’s  waste  department  on  a  spring  cleaning 
project, whilst in Lakeland, Florida, the Treatt team donned their hi-vis 
vests  and  cleaned  up  a  two-mile  stretch  of  their  local  highway, 
collecting over 19 bags of rubbish to help their local community keep 
clean. The US team also provided huge support for the second year 
running to KidsPack, a charity that supports disadvantaged children 
with  food  packages  and  clothing  with  groups  helping  consistently  
every week. 

We also welcomed the NSPCC to our UK offices to talk about keeping 
children safe online with further support for the charity with a ‘walk  
a mile at lunchtime’ challenge, donating £1 per mile walked by staff 
taking part. 

We have also been shortlisted for several awards, and I was extremely 
proud that one of our apprentices was a finalist in the West Suffolk 
Trainee of the Year Awards, and that we won the Chamber of Commerce 
(East  of  England)  Regional  High  Growth  Business  Award,  thereby 
becoming  a  finalist  in  the  British  Chambers  of  Commerce  Annual 
Business Awards. Other awards where Treatt has been shortlisted as 
a finalist included the Lloyds Bank Mid-Market Business of the Year 
Award, West Suffolk Sport in the Workplace Award and Best Brand 
Evolution for our re-brand in the Marketing New Thinking Awards.

Summary 

The  Treatt  journey  continues  and  our  financial  year  has  started 
positively in what can be a seasonally quieter period. We are encouraged 
by our order books which are up year-on-year.

Colleagues  throughout  the  Group  are  working  to  deliver  on  business 
opportunities in our pipeline and bring to that pipeline new and exciting 
projects. Our two key infrastructure projects in the UK and US are 
moving forward and our teams are driven to deliver these projects 
while  maintaining  our  excellent  level  of  customer  service.  As  we 
sharpen our focus on our three strategic growth areas of citrus, tea and 
sugar reduction, we are finding more opportunities to improve processes 
and derive value for the mutual benefit of our stakeholders.

DAEMMON REEVE 
Chief Executive Officer 
28 November 2017

*All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items in the prior year, details of which are given in note 8.

Overview

15

FINANCIAL REVIEW

“Strong revenue growth of 25%,  
resulting in adjusted* earnings  
per share up by 42%”

Financial overview

Key performance indicators

Net operating margin*

Return on capital employed*

Average net debt to EBITDA*

2017

12.6%

24.3%

0.39

2016

10.8%

24.6%

0.35

*All measures are adjusted to exclude exceptional items in the prior year.

Income Statement

25%
£109.6m

Revenue

46%
£12.9m

Adjusted* 
profit 
before tax

10%
4.80p

Dividend

42%
18.29p

Adjusted* 
earnings 
per share

Revenue and profit
Revenue for the year grew by 24.5% to £109.6m (2016: £88.0m) with 
strong  growth  across  all  of  the  Group’s  main  product  categories  as  
a result of, inter alia, a number of new global FMCG business wins.  
In constant currency terms, revenue grew by 18.5%, with 6% of the 
revenue growth being reflective of a stronger US Dollar in 2017 as 
compared to 2016.

Strong revenue growth in Germany (+30%) to £7.2m, South America 
(+97%) to £8.2m, China (+27%) to £5.8m and in our largest market  
of North America (+26%) to £42.6m demonstrate the global nature  
of our market and broadly-based success being achieved by Treatt.

Gross  profit  grew  significantly  by  31.4%  with  gross  profit  margins 
increasing from 23.2% to 24.5%. Over the last three years, gross profit 
margins  have  grown  by  240bps  as  the  business  has  transitioned  
to  a  more  added-value,  solution-based  offering.  Alongside  this,  
process  improvement  efficiencies  and  the  removal  of  intermediate 
agency commissions has played an important part in driving the gross 
margin improvement.

Administrative  expenses  grew  by  19.8%  in  the  year  to  £13.0m  
(2016:  £10.9m),  although  on  a  constant  currency  basis  the  increase 
was  a  less  marked  14.1%.  The  £2.1m  increase  in  administrative 
expenses was driven predominantly by increases in base wages and 
salaries of £0.9m, with headcount numbers increased across the Group; 

up by 6% in the UK and by 4% in the US. The exceptionally strong 
financial performance in the year also resulted in higher share-based 
payments (up by £0.4m) and bonuses which were up by £0.8m. 

Over  the  last  five  years  net  operating  margin  has  grown  steadily  
from 7.6% in 2012 to 12.6% in 2017 as the business has focused its 
strategy  on  growing  revenue,  replacing  traded  commodity  business 
with  bespoke,  innovative  products,  whilst  maintaining  a  tight  control  
of costs. The success of this strategy has resulted in a 44.6% increase 
in operating profit* to £13.8m (2016: £9.5m). 

Capital employed increased in the year from £38.8m to £56.7m as a 
result  of  the  increased  profits  being  generated,  and  the  increased 
investment in inventory of £12.9m. As a consequence, return on capital 
employed* remained broadly unchanged at 24.3% (2016: 24.6%).

Revenue
11.2% pa

Earnings  
per share
16.4% pa

COMPOUND 
10 YEAR  
 GROWTH*

Profit before tax
16.4% pa

EBITDA
13.9% pa

16

*All measures exclude exceptional items.

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017RICHARD HOPE
Chief Financial Officer

The  Group  looks  to  mitigate  its  foreign  exchange  risk.  The  impact  
of movements in foreign exchange rates on profit before tax is the  
net of retranslating overseas profits, retranslating foreign currency 
transactions  in  UK  businesses  and  the  gains  or  losses  on  foreign 
exchange hedging instruments such as forward and option contracts. 
When taken together the net impact on profit before tax for the year 
was a gain of £1.4m (2016: loss of £0.5m).

There were no exceptional costs in the year (2016: £0.6m). On an 
adjusted basis, which excludes last year’s exceptional costs, earnings 
before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation for the year increased 
by 39% to £15.3m (2016: £11.0m). Profit before tax after exceptional 
items rose by 55% to £12.9m (2016: £8.3m). Further information on  
the previous year’s exceptional items is given in note 8.

Foreign exchange gains and losses
Whilst the Group’s functional currency is the British Pound (‘Sterling’), 
the amount of business which is transacted in other currencies creates 
foreign exchange exposure, particularly the US Dollar and, to a more 
limited extent, the Euro. The US Dollar ended the year 3% weaker 
against GBP at £1 = $1.34 (2016: £1 = $1.30). As explained further 
under ‘Financial Risk Management’ set out below, the Group hedges its 
foreign exchange risk at R C Treatt by holding and managing US Dollar 
borrowings and taking out forward currency contracts and options. 
This can result in timing differences in the short term, giving rise to 
re-translation  gains  or  losses  in  the  income  statement.  This  has 
resulted  in  a  small  loss  on  trading  transactions  of  £0.5m  in  2017  
(2016:  £Nil)  and  a  loss  on  foreign  exchange  contracts  of  £0.1m  
(2016: £2.2m loss) which has been netted off the revenue line in the 
income statement. As part of the Group’s hedge accounting, a foreign 
exchange gain of £0.3m was taken to reserves through the Statement 
of Other Comprehensive Income (2016: £0.2m gain). 

There was a substantial currency impact, a loss of £1.1m (2016: £2.6m 
gain), in the ‘Statement of Comprehensive Income’ in relation to the Group’s 
investment in overseas subsidiaries, principally in respect of Treatt USA. 

Finance costs
The Group’s net finance costs for the year increased by 30% to £0.91m 
(2016: £0.70m) as a result of the higher debt levels in the year, resulting 
from increased investment in inventory and the acquisition of land  
for the UK site relocation. Although debt levels have risen, the cost  
of funding the higher debt has been partly mitigated by an interest  
rate swap (as set out in more detail below). The Board continues to  
be of the view that whilst a significant proportion of current banking  
facilities remain unutilised, the current level of these facilities remains 
appropriate in order to manage working capital volatility during the year 
and  also  in  light  of  significant  capital  expenditure  requirements  over  
the next few years. Despite the increase in net finance costs, interest 
cover for the year increased to 15.1 times (2016: 13.6 times). 

As part of the Group’s risk management processes, R C Treatt fixed 
$9m of US Dollar borrowings at 5.68% for ten years by way of an 
interest rate swap in 2011. This swap has been designated as a ‘hedge’ 
in  accordance  with  IFRS  and  consequently  any  movements  in  the 
mark-to-market of the swap are taken directly to equity. At the balance 
sheet date, the fair value liability, net of deferred tax, of the swap was 
£0.4m (2016: £0.8m). 

Group Tax Charge

The current tax charge of £3.4m (2016: £2.4m) represents an effective 
rate  (based  on  profit  before  tax  and  exceptional  items)  of  26.7%  
(2016: 27.0%). After providing for deferred tax, the overall tax charge 
increased by £1.2m to £3.3m (2016: £2.1m); an overall effective tax  
rate  (after  exceptional  items)  of  26%  (2016:  26%).  There  were  no  
significant  adjustments  required to the  previous  year’s tax  estimates. 
With corporation tax rates continuing to fall in the UK until they reach  
an  expected  17%  in  2020, the  Group’s  overall  effective  rate  of tax  is 
expected to fall over the course of the next three years assuming the 
profit mix between tax jurisdictions remains broadly unchanged.

Overview

17

FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (adjusted to exclude exceptional items, as set 
out in note 11 for the year increased by 42.4% to 18.29p (2016: 12.84p). 
The calculation of earnings per share excludes those shares which are 
held by the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) and Treatt SIP Trust 
(SIP) which are not beneficially owned by employees since they do not 
rank for dividend, and is based upon adjusted profit after tax.

Dividends 
The proposed final dividend of 3.35p per share (2016: 3.00p) increases 
the total dividend per share for the year by 10.3% to 4.80p, representing 
dividend cover of 3.8 times earnings for the year and a rolling three-
year cover after exceptional items of 3.6 times. The Board’s policy has 
been to maintain dividend growth on a consistent basis at between 2.0 
and 2.5 times three-year rolling cover. However, in light of the Group’s 
capital investment programme, this year’s dividend increase has been 
set with a more prudent level of dividend cover. The Board considers 
this to be appropriate given the forthcoming cash requirements of the 
business in order to fund the UK site relocation and expansion and the 
US expansion. Nevertheless, this represents an increase in the dividend 
of 55% over the last five years. 

Inventory held at the year end was £42.9m (2016: £30.0m), an increase 
of £12.9m. This was due to a combination of the growth in the business 
over the last year, higher order books and higher prices for certain key 
raw materials. The level of inventory, which is highly significant in cash 
terms, arises because as an ingredients specialist, Treatt takes many 
annual, and in some cases longer-term, contracts with customers as 
well as servicing the immediate spot needs of its diverse customer 
base.  The  success  of  the  business  has  been  built  upon  managing 
geographic, political and climatic risk of supply for our customers by 
judicious purchasing and inventory management to ensure continuity 
of supply and availability. Therefore, it is part of the Group’s business 
model to hold significant levels of inventory. 

Whilst short-term working capital swings are affected by the factors 
referred to in the previous paragraph, and the free cash flow in the year 
was an outflow of £3.3m, the net free cash flow generated over the  
last five years totals £19.1m.

The  net  cash  outflow  in  the  year  was  also  impacted  by  the  final  
Earthoil settlement and related loan note redemption, totalling £1.5m, 
and  a  one-off  change  to  the  dividend  timetable  of  £0.8m.  These 
combined with the land of £3.7m, total £6m of non-recurring cash  
flow items in the year.

Balance Sheet 

Net Debt

Group shareholders’ funds grew by £9.3m (2016: £4.0m) in the year to 
£46.5m (2016: £37.2m), with net assets per share increasing by 24% 
to 88p (2016: 71p). Over the last five years, net assets per share have 
grown by 77%. The Board has chosen not to avail itself of the option 
under IFRS to revalue land and buildings annually and, therefore, all the 
Group’s land and buildings are held at historical cost, net of depreciation, 
in the balance sheet. It should be noted that net assets have been 
reduced by £0.2m (2016: £0.3m) as a result of shares held by the  
EBT and SIP, due to the accounting requirements for employee trusts. 
This impact will be reversed when these shares are used to satisfy the 
exercise of employee share options.

Cash Flow

The level of capital expenditure in the year was £5.2m compared with 
£0.8m in 2016, and included £3.7m for the purchase of the land for the 
new UK site. No major projects in the UK were commenced in the year, 
with the UK site relocation being at the planning stage with capital 
expenditure tending to  be  related to  on-going  routine  renewal  and 
maintenance whilst plans progress towards the intended relocation. 
Preliminary  work  for  the  US  site  expansion  commenced,  but  the  
project is at the early stages. The cash flow benefit of delaying certain 
capital projects in the UK in anticipation of the new site will inevitably 
reverse  (as  explained  below)  as  both  delayed  projects,  and  brought 
forward  capital  expenditure,  will  occur  as  part  of the  site  relocation.  
Of the £13m of planned capex at the new UK site, approximately £6m 
relates to projects which would have been undertaken at the current 
site in the last four years, had the impending site move not been on the 
horizon. This includes rationalising tanks, implementing clean-in-place 
technology and computer-controlled stills.

As a result of the movement in cash, as described above, the Group’s 
net debt rose by £8.6m to £10.2m (2016: £1.7m) with a corresponding 
increase in the level of gearing from 4% to 22%. 

At  the  balance  sheet  date  the  Group  had  a  mix  of  secured  and 
unsecured  borrowing  facilities  totalling  £25.9m,  of  which  £14.0m 
expire in one year or less. Since the balance sheet date, all UK working 
capital facilities have been renewed and expiry dates extended, such 
that all but $3m with HSBC and £2m with Lloyds (£4.3m approx.)  
of the facilities across the Group now expire more than 12 months  
after the balance sheet date. The Group’s borrowing facilities are held 
with  HSBC,  Bank  of  America  and  Lloyds  Banking  Group  with  the 
majority of facilities now held on three to five-year terms with expiry 
dates staggered to fall in different years. The Group continues to enjoy 
positive  relationships  with  its  banks  and  expects  all  facilities to  be 
renewed when they fall due. 

UK Site Relocation

As explained in the Chairman’s Statement and Chief Executive Officer’s 
Report, we continue to progress detailed plans for relocating our UK 
business from its current site in Bury St. Edmunds, UK, to a brand new 
purpose-built facility nearby. During the year we acquired a ten-acre 
green field site on the new Suffolk Business Park in Bury St. Edmunds. 
The project has outline planning permission, and a detailed reserved 
matters  planning  application  has  been  submitted,  with  approval 
currently anticipated in early 2018. This is a project which the Board 
believes is essential in order to deliver our growth objectives over the 
medium to long term. 

18

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017We  want  to  keep  shareholders  apprised  of  developments  and  the 
following table breaks down the latest cost estimates for the project. 
Note that these include costs to upgrade our plant and machinery and 
new technologies. As a business we keep abreast of new technologies 
which  can  add  value  to  our  operations  and  the  move  gives  us  the 
opportunity to incorporate some of these in the design and build of the 
new facility. The level of investment in this area is still subject to final 
review  but  current  estimates  are  in  the  order  of  £13m,  of  which 
approximately half relates to projects held back from the current site, 
with the balance being new and enhanced technologies. 

The overall estimated costs of this move break down into four key 
elements  with  the  latest  estimated  costs  (see  below  for  further 
information as to the basis of these estimates) as follows:

New site acquisition and build costs 
Plant, machinery and technical capability enhancements 
Relocation expenses 
Disposal of current site following completion of move 

Total net relocation budget (estimate) 

£26m
£13m
£1m
(£5m)

£35m

We hope to be in a position to appoint the main contractor in the first 
half of 2018, with construction expected to begin in mid-2018 and the 
new site being up and running by late 2019. 

Whilst the detailed costs for the project have been prepared in full 
quantity  surveyor  detail  in  preparation  for  the  tendering  process, 
benchmarked  against  industry  standards,  and  tested  by  two  
independent  firms  of  architects,  the  Board  recognises  the  risks  
inherent in a project of this scale. The Board has reviewed the level 
of contingency allowed for in the project, being 7.5%, and considered 
the flexibility built into the plant and machinery spend. These factors, 
combined  with  the  level  of  headroom  within  the  Group’s  existing 
banking facilities, and those currently being expected over the course  
of the next three years, give the Board confidence that risks inherent  
in the UK relocation project have been mitigated as far as practicable.

US Site Expansion

Treatt USA moved to its current site in Lakeland, Florida in 2002 where 
it occupies a 15-acre site. Since then, the business has experienced 
very strong growth, particularly in the last five years. The substantial 
increase in demand for our tea and sugar reduction products, which 
are manufactured in the US, means that we now need to increase 
capacity again, having last done so five years ago.

We have, therefore, begun a second expansion project which will double 
our capacity for these key product categories, with space for further 
expansion, as well as expanding our laboratory and office facilities which 
are now full to capacity. We expect the project to cost approximately $14m 
and be completed by late 2018.

Treatt Employee Benefit Trust and Treatt SIP Trust

The Group has an HMRC-approved Share Incentive Plan (SIP) for its  
UK employees, and as far as practicable, also offers a similar scheme  
to its US staff. All UK staff with a year’s service were awarded £550 
(2016: £525) of ‘Free Shares’ during the year as part of the Group’s 
employee incentive and engagement programme as the Board is firmly 
of the view that increased employee share ownership is an important 
tool for driving positive employee engagement in the business. A similar 
scheme  exists  for  US  staff  who  were  awarded  $850  (2016:  $825)  
of Restricted Stock Units during the year. These shares are forfeited  
by employees who leave within three years from the date of grant.

Under  the  SIP  UK  employees  could  also  purchase  up  to  £1,800  
(or 10% of salary, whichever is lower) of Treatt shares out of gross 
income  at  no  cost  to  the  company  which  the  company  matched  
on a one for one basis. In the year a total of 28,000 (2016: 52,000) 
matching shares were granted.

During  the  year,  150,000  (2016:  160,000)  shares  were  issued  to  
the SIP at par (2 pence per share). The SIP currently holds 356,000 
shares (2016: 241,000), of which 84,000 are beneficially owned by  
the  company  and  are  available  for  future  awards.  It  is  anticipated  
that  going  forward  the  obligations  under  the  SIP  will  be  satisfied 
through the issue of new shares.

In addition, the Group continued its annual programme of offering share 
option  saving  schemes  to  staff  in  the  UK  and  USA.  Under  US  tax 
legislation, staff at Treatt USA are able to exercise options annually, 
whilst the UK schemes provide for three-year saving plans. 

Under  the  Long  Term  Incentive  Plans  which  were  approved  by 
shareholders at the 2014 Annual General Meeting, Executive Directors 
and certain key employees were granted 252,000 nil cost share options 
during  the  year  which  will  vest  after  three  years  on  a  sliding  scale, 
subject to performance conditions. In total, options were granted over 
370,000  (2016:  806,000)  shares  during  the  year,  whilst  323,000 
(2016: 159,000) were exercised from options awarded in prior years 
which have now vested. 

During the year, 100,000 (2016: Nil) shares were issued to the Employee 
Benefit Trust (EBT) at par (2 pence per share). The EBT currently holds 
353,000 shares (2016: 577,000) in order to satisfy future option schemes. 
It is anticipated that going forward, all-employee savings-related share 
schemes will continue to be satisfied by shares held within the EBT,  
but that when necessary further shares will be issued to the EBT.

Final Salary Pension Scheme

The R C Treatt final salary pension scheme (the “scheme”) has not 
been subject to any further accruals since 31 December 2012 and 
instead  members  of the  final  salary  pension  scheme  were  offered 
membership of the UK defined contribution pension plan with effect 
from  1  January  2013.  This  means that the  defined  benefit  scheme  
has been de-risked as far as it is practicable and reasonable to do so.

The last three-year actuarial review of the scheme was carried out  
as at 1 January 2015, the result of which was that the scheme had  
an actuarial surplus of £314,000. Consequently, the Group was able  
to agree with the trustees that with effect from 1 October 2015 it did 
not  need  to  make  any  further  contributions  to  the  scheme.  It  was 
further agreed that if the annual actuarial funding updates, before the 
next full actuarial review in 2018, reveal that the funding level has fallen 
to  95%  or  less  of  the  scheme  liabilities,  then  the  company  would 
voluntarily resume contributions.

As  required  by  The  Pension  Regulator,  the  actuarial  review  was 
updated on a consistent basis as at 30 September 2017 and, in common 
with most other final salary pension schemes, this revealed a reduced 
actuarial  deficit  which,  in  the  case  of  the  scheme,  was  £0.3m  
(2016: deficit of £1.7m), being a funding level of 98% (2016: 92%). The 
improvement in the funding level largely resulted from an increase in 
the discount rate used to measure the future liabilities of the scheme. 
Having agreed to voluntarily resume contributions of £300k per annum 
for  the  year  ended  30  September  2017,  the  Group  has  agreed  with  
the trustees that it is not required to make contributions to the Scheme 
for the year ending 30 September 2018. 

Alongside this, the IAS 19, “Employee Benefits” pension liability in the 
balance sheet, net of deferred tax, fell in the year from £6.1m to £4.8m. 
The decrease in the deficit was largely the result of reduced scheme 
liabilities caused by an increase in the discount rates applied, and an 
increase in the value of scheme assets. 

Overview

19

FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Financial Risk Management

Summary

In 2012 we began a new journey for Treatt by establishing a focused 
strategy of growing our profits in a sustainable manner in the flavour, 
fragrance and consumer goods markets. By 2015 we had delivered 
good progress and we therefore refreshed our strategy through to 
2020 by setting ourselves new and challenging goals.

It is therefore enormously pleasing to report that in 2017 we have 
delivered the financial objectives in our 2020 strategy three years 
early. The growth in revenue and profits sets 2017 up as the most 
successful year in Treatt’s history with the resultant entry into the 
FTSE UK SmallCap index.

We now have new goals and targets to aim for with our new 2022 
growth strategy. A major part of that strategy is the extensive capital 
investment  programme  in  both  the  UK  and  US,  which  the  Board  
believes  will  provide  the  scalable  platform  to  drive  the  long-term 
growth in the business.

RICHARD HOPE 
Chief Financial Officer 
28 November 2017

*All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items in the prior year, details of which are 
given in note 8.

The  Group  operates  conservative treasury  policies to  ensure that  no 
unnecessary risks are taken with the Group’s assets.

No investments other than cash and other short-term deposits are 
currently  permitted.  Where  appropriate  these  balances  are  held  in 
foreign  currencies,  but  only  as  part  of the  Group’s  overall  hedging 
activity as explained below.

The nature of Treatt’s activities is such that the Group could be affected 
by movements in certain exchange rates, principally between Sterling 
and the US Dollar, but other currencies such as the Euro can have  
a material effect as well. This risk manifests itself in a number of ways.

Firstly, the value of the foreign currency net assets of Treatt USA and 
the overseas Earthoil companies can fluctuate with Sterling. Currently 
these are not hedged as the risks are considered insufficient to justify 
the cost of putting the hedge in place. 

Secondly, with R C Treatt exporting throughout the world, fluctuations 
in  Sterling’s value  can  affect  both the  gross  margin  and  operating 
costs.  Sales  are  principally  made  in  two  currencies  in  addition  to 
Sterling, with the US Dollar being the most significant. Even if a sale 
is made in Sterling, its price may be set by reference to its US Dollar 
denominated  raw  material  price  and therefore  has  an  impact  on the 
Sterling  gross  margin.  Raw  materials  are  also  mainly  purchased  
in US Dollars and therefore US Dollar bank accounts are operated, 
through  which  US  Dollar  denominated  sales  and  purchases  flow. 
Hence  it  is  Sterling’s  relative  strength  against  the  US  Dollar  that  
is of prime importance. As well as affecting the cash value of sales,  
US  Dollar  exchange  movements  can  also  have  a  significant  effect  
on the replacement cost of stocks, which affects future profitability  
and competitiveness.

The Group therefore has a policy of maintaining the majority of cash 
balances,  including the  main  Group  overdraft  facilities,  in  US  Dollars 
and, to a lesser extent in Euros, as this is the most cost-effective means 
of  providing  a  natural  hedge  against  movements  in  exchange  rates. 
Where  it  is  more  cost  effective to  do  so, the  Group  will  enter  into 
forward currency contracts and options as well. Consequently, during 
the year forward currency contracts have been entered into which 
hedge  part  of  R  C  Treatt’s  foreign  exchange  risk.  These  contracts  
and options have been designated as formal ‘hedge’ arrangements, 
with movements in mark-to-market valuations initially taken to equity 
and re-cycled to the income statement to match with the appropriately 
hedged currency receipts. Currency accounts are also run for the other 
main currencies to which R C Treatt is exposed. This policy is expected 
to protect the Group against short-term swings in currencies.

20

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Financial statements

The Directors present their report and the audited financial statements 
for the Group for the year ended 30 September 2017.

Results and dividends

The results of the Group for the year are set out on page 59. Profit 
before tax for the year excluding exceptional items was £12,892,000 
(2016: £8,846,000).

The Directors recommend a final dividend of 3.35p (2016: 3.00p) per 
ordinary share. This, when taken with the interim dividend of 1.45p 
(2016: 1.35p) per share paid on 17 August 2017, gives a total dividend of 
4.80p (2016: 4.35p) per share for the year ended 30 September 2017.

Corporate governance

The Corporate Governance Statement on pages 38 to 43 forms part  
of this Directors’ Report.

Directors

Rights and Issues Investment Trust 
Blackrock Investment Management 
Miton Asset Management 
Schroder Investment Management 
Hargreave Hale 
BMO Global Asset Management 
James Sharp & Co 
Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Management 
Barclays Wealth 

Conflicts of interest

Number 
4,750,000  
4,468,475 
2,613,865 
2,280,543 
1,975,124 
1,814,904  
1,779,588  
1,699,484  
1,659,593  

%
9.10
8.56
5.01
4.37
3.78
3.48
3.41
3.26
3.18

No  Director  had  an  interest  in  any  contract  of  significance  during  
the year. The Group has procedures in place for managing conflicts 
of interest. If a Director becomes aware that they, or a connected party, 
have an interest in an existing or proposed transaction with the Group, 
they  should  notify  the  Company  Secretary  as  soon  as  possible. 
Directors  have  a  continuing  obligation  to  update  any  changes  
to conflicts and the Board formally reviews them annually. 

The Directors of the Parent Company are shown on page 22.

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance

The Group maintains Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance which 
is reviewed annually. The insurance covers the directors and officers of 
the Parent Company and its subsidiaries against the costs of defending 
themselves in civil proceedings taken against them in their capacity  
as a director or officer of a group company and in respect of damages 
or  civil  fines  or  penalties  resulting  from  the  unsuccessful  defence  
of any proceedings.

Appointment and replacement of directors

Rules  about the  appointment  and  replacement  of  directors  are  set  
out in the Parent Company’s Articles of Association. Further details are 
provided in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 39.

Details  of  the  Executive  Directors’  contracts  and  notice  periods  are 
given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 51. The Executive 
Directors’  contracts  are terminable  by the  Group  giving the  required 
notice period of one year.

In  accordance  with  the  Parent  Company’s  Articles  of  Association 
and as reported in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 39  
(in recognition of Provision B.7.1 of the 2016 UK Corporate Governance 
Code) Richard Hope and Tim Jones retire by rotation. Both Directors, 
being  eligible,  offer  themselves  for  re-election.  The  Nomination 
Committee confirms that the individuals’ performances continue to  
be effective and to demonstrate commitment to the role, including 
commitment  of time  for  Board  and  Committee  meetings  and  any  
other duties.

Directors’ interests in shares

The interests of Directors in shares of the Parent Company are shown 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 54.

Substantial shareholders

In accordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules  
of the Financial Services Authority, the Parent Company has been 
notified of the following holdings of 3% or more of the voting rights  
at 23 November 2017 (the latest practicable reporting date prior  
to publication of this document).

Overview

21

 
 
2

5

1

6

4

3

7

THE BOARD

TREATT plc is led by an experienced Board of Directors, which  
comprises two Executive Directors, one Non-executive Chairman  
and four Non-executive Directors. Together, the Executive Directors  
bring a combined 54 years’ experience to the Group. 

1

2

3

Daemmon Reeve
◆

Tim Jones
● 

Richard Hope

4

5

6

Jeff Iliffe
◆●

Anita Haines
◆

Richard Illek
◆●

22

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017

7

David Johnston
◆ 

◆

●

Nomination Committee

Chairman

Remuneration Committee

Chairman



Audit Committee

Chairman

DAEMMON REEVE
Chief Executive Officer, first appointed 2012

JEFF ILIFFE
Non-executive Director, first appointed 2013

Daemmon  joined  R  C  Treatt  &  Co  Ltd,  the  Group’s  UK  operating 
subsidiary,  in  1991  and  gained  extensive  industry  experience  and 
knowledge from his time in technical, operational, sales and purchasing 
disciplines. In July 2010 he was appointed CEO of Treatt USA and 
became Group CEO in August 2012. A key part of his role is to help 
provide  the  cultural  environment  for  the  success  of  Treatt  and  its 
fantastic team, making Treatt a fun place to work along the way. It is the 
output of our engaged teams which is driving the success of Treatt. 
Seeing our excellent team succeed is what excites Daemmon most 
about Treatt.

Family, craft beer and travel fill the moments Daemmon is not thinking 
about the business.

TIM JONES
Non-executive Chairman, first appointed 2012

Tim has led Treatt’s Board as its Chairman since 2012. 

He  began  a  career  in  financial  services  with  Royal  Insurance  and 
subsequently held posts in the Middle East, the US and Europe before 
entering the beverage/water bottling sector in the early 1990s, including 
a joint venture in the Balkans.

Tim is Deputy Chairman of Allia, a charitable organisation providing 
resources to the third sector through Stock Exchange listed Bonds, 
business mentoring and the provision of workspace. He is also non-
executive director of Retail Charity Bonds plc and serves on a number 
of  advisory  and  community  interest  boards.  He  remains  actively 
involved in the City of London where he is a Mansion House Scholarship 
Scheme  Mentor  and  a  Court  Assistant  at  the  International  Bankers 
Company.

The Judge Business School at Cambridge University awarded him  
its Certificate in Enterprise in May 2007, appointed him Entrepreneur 
in Residence in 2012 and a Fellow in Entrepreneurship in 2016 

Tim  is  a  family  man  and  admits  to  being  an  enthusiastic  cook  but 
incompetent skier.

RICHARD HOPE
Chief Financial Officer, first appointed 2003

Richard qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1990 at PWC and was 
certified a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England 
and  Wales  in  2010.  He  held  a  number  of  senior  finance  positions  
for almost 20 years in value-added manufacturing businesses prior  
to joining Treatt, including Hampshire Cosmetics Limited.

He was a finalist this year for the Shares Magazine prestigious Finance 
Director of the Year award, part of the UK Stock Market Awards.

Richard is a passionate skier and massive Liverpool FC fan. He gets a 
sense of pride walking into a supermarket with the knowledge that Treatt 
has ingredients in a large number of well-known consumer products.

Jeff Iliffe BSc ACA has widespread experience of the City, industry and 
internet-based businesses, including acquisitions, business integration 
and investor relations.

He  was  CFO  of  Abcam  plc  from  2007  until  2016,  as the  company 
delivered  huge  growth  to  become  a  world-leading  life  sciences 
business.  Previously  he  was  a  corporate  financier  at  Panmure  
Gordon & Co, during which time he advised Treatt, and has held senior 
financial positions in environmental, biotechnology and internet-based 
businesses.  He  is  also  a  non-executive  director  of  Cambridge 
Nutraceuticals Limited and a trustee of the Cambridge Arts Theatre. 

Jeff  really  enjoys  working  with  such  a  talented,  knowledgeable  
and  committed  team  at  Treatt  and  has  a  passion  for  live  music, 
particularly jazz.

ANITA HAINES
Non-executive Director, first appointed 2002

Anita  joined  R  C  Treatt  &  Co  Ltd  as  Company  Secretary  in  1988.  
In  2000  she  was  appointed  as  Human  Resource  Manager  and  HR 
Director for the Group in October 2002. She retired as an Executive 
Director in February 2014 but remains on the Board as a Non-executive 
Director. What excites Anita about Treatt is the people. When she joined 
there were only 66 people on the payroll, all working out of Northern 
Way, and while subsequently our numbers have grown and we have 
become international, people are still at the heart of our businesses.

RICHARD ILLEK
Non-executive Director, first appointed 2016

Richard Illek was appointed to the Board as a Non-executive Director 
with effect from 1 June 2016. Richard retired from PepsiCo effective 31 
March 2016, following 28 years with the company, during which time 
he  served  in  various  senior  roles  around  the  world  including  Plant 
Manager, QA Manager and Technical Services Director, culminating in 
his most recent role as Senior Director Manufacturing and Formulations.

Richard  is  an  enthusiastic  golfer,  skier  and  gardener.  He  is  a  strong 
Liverpool fan and loves rock music.

DAVID JOHNSTON
Non-executive Director, first appointed 2011
Senior Independent Director

David  started  his  career  working  as  a  biochemist  for  the  UK  
government prior to transferring to Switzerland where he worked on 
an  international  programme to  enhance the  resistance  of  plants to 
pathogens. He then joined one of the leading flavour and fragrance 
companies, Firmenich SA, in a variety of commercial and technical 
roles over 13 years. He finished his career at Firmenich SA as head  
of  flavour  innovation  globally.  He  then  started  his  own  company,  
Natural Taste Consulting SARL, focused on the development and sales 
of taste modifying compounds.

David also serves as a non-executive director of James Finlay Ltd.  
In his spare time David likes cycling and skiing.

Overview

23

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Research and development

Product innovation and research and development are a critical part  
of the Group’s strategy and business model as outlined in the Strategic 
Report on pages 27 to 37. The main research and development activity 
undertaken by the Group is in the area of new product development. 
The Group utilises its strong technical capabilities to develop innovative 
products that provide solutions for customers, particularly in the food 
and beverage sectors. In this way it seeks to make itself indispensable 
to a key group of major global multi-national companies. In the opinion 
of the Directors, continuity of investment in this area is essential for 
the maintenance of the Group’s market position and for future growth.

Financial instruments

Information on the Group’s financial risk management objectives and 
policies and on the exposure of the Group to relevant risks in respect  
of financial instruments is set out in note 29 of the financial statements.

Going concern and viability statement

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect  
its future development, performance and position are set out in the 
Chairman’s Statement, Chief Executive Officer’s Report and Financial 
Review  on  pages  18  to  19.  Information  on  the  principal  risks  and 
uncertainties and how they are managed can be found in the Strategic 
Report on pages 27 to 37.

In  accordance  with  provision  C.2.2  of  the  2016  UK  Corporate 
Governance  Code, the  Directors  have  assessed the  prospects  of the 
Group over a longer period than the 12 months required by the “Going 
Concern” provision, C.1.3 of the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code. 
The  Board  conducted this  review  for  a  period  of  five  years,  which  
is consistent with the longer-term financial plans for the Group.

24

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017

In determining the longer-term viability of the Group, the Directors 
considered  the  Group’s  business  activities,  together  with  the  factors 
likely  to  affect  its  future  development,  performance  and  position.  
The review also included the financial position of the Group, its cash 
flows, and available sources of finance.

The  process  adopted  to  assess  the  viability  of  the  Group  involved  
the modelling of a series of theoretical “stress test” scenarios linked  
to the Group’s principal risks, which are shown on pages 29 to 33. 
Consideration was also given to the impact of mitigating risk, as well  
as their interdependencies. In assessing the Group’s prospects and 
resilience, the Directors have done so with reference to its current 
financial  position  and  prospects,  its  recent  and  historical  financial 
performance and forecasts, the Board’s risk appetite and the principal 
risks and mitigating factors described on pages 29 to 33.

The  key  factors  considered  by  the  Directors  within  the  five-year  
review were:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the implications of the challenging economic environment, 
the likely potential outcome of Brexit and future uncertainties 
on the Group’s revenues and profits;

the implications of fluctuating prices of the Group’s strategic 
raw materials;

the implication of the proposed site relocation in the UK 
and site expansion in the US; 

the impact of the competitive environment within which 
the Group’s businesses operate;

the potential actions that could be taken in the event that 
revenues are worse than expected, to ensure that operating 
profit and cash flows are protected; 

the  Group’s  access  to  short,  medium  and  long-term 
borrowing  facilities  to  meet  day-to-day  working  capital 
requirements and capital expenditure on the UK and US site 
projects, as well as long-term investment requirements;

• 

the Group’s ability to access equity as a source of finance; 
and

•  a sensitivity analysis which involves flexing a number of  
the main assumptions underlying the five-year plan and 
considering  the  implications  of  a  number  of  risks 
materialising during a short-term period.

The current expectations regarding the costs of the proposed UK site 
relocation and US site expansion, and the funding of these projects are 
set out in the Financial Review on page 16. Given the levels of debt 
finance  available  to  the  Group  to  fund  these  investments  and  the 
possibility of raising equity finance, as at the date of this report, the 
Directors  have  not  identified  any  material  uncertainties  which  would 
affect the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of 12 months from the date of this annual report. 
Furthermore, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources available to it to continue in business and meet 
its liabilities over the five-year period of their viability assessment. 

Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing these financial statements.

Health and safety

The Group’s on-going investment in health and safety continued during 
the financial year and forms an integral part of the Group’s strategy, 
remaining  at  the  forefront  of  all  our  operations.  Particular  emphasis  
is placed upon continuous improvement by way of a comprehensive 
Safety Management System designed to monitor and measure over-
arching policies and procedures, and a range of key indicators are 
maintained and reported at every Board meeting. 

The UK manufacturing facility is designated as a top-tier site under the 
Control of Major Accident Hazards Regulations 1999 (“COMAH”), which 
is enforced by the Competent Authority, being the Health and Safety 
Executive and the Environment Agency. The main aim of the regulations 
is  to  prevent  and  mitigate  the  effects  of  major  accidents  involving 
substances  which  can  cause  damage/harm  to  people  and/or  the 
environment.  Accordingly,  Treatt  is  regulated  under  the  stringent 
COMAH  regulations  and  works  closely  with  the  Health  and  Safety 
Executive and the Environment Agency, ensuring that the safety and 
environmental security of the site is paramount. 

A  top  to  bottom  culture  of  safety  awareness  and  responsibility  is 
actively promoted within the business. Appropriate health, safety and 
environmental  training  and  development  is  in  place  across  the 
workforce.  All  staff  are  engaged  to  help  underpin  the  efforts  of  the 
health and safety professionals employed within the Group. Across  
the  Group,  members  of  staff  hold  additional  responsibility  as  Safety, 
Health and Environment Champions providing additional representation, 
monitoring capability and support to staff on a day-to-day basis. These 
additional responsibilities, for which the Champions receive payment, 
ensure that safety remains a top priority of the business. 

Employee health and well-being is monitored and dedicated, bespoke 
support is provided where necessary. 

Greenhouse gas emissions

The  Group’s  disclosures  on  greenhouse  gas  emissions  have  been 
included within the Strategic Report on page 34.

Employees

information requested by it in accordance with Part 22 of the Companies 
Act 2006 or (ii) where their holder is precluded from exercising voting 
rights by the Financial Services Authority’s Listing Rules or the City 
Code on Takeovers and Mergers.

Rights and obligations of ordinary shares

On a show of hands at a general meeting every holder of ordinary 
shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall have  
one vote and on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and 
entitled  to  vote  shall  have  one  vote  for  every  ordinary  share  held. 
Subject to the relevant statutory provisions and the Articles, holders of 
ordinary shares are entitled to a dividend where declared or paid out  
of profits available for such purposes.

Articles of Association

The powers of the Directors are conferred on them by UK legislation  
and the Articles of Association. Changes to the Articles must be approved 
by shareholders passing a special resolution at a general meeting.

Powers of the Directors and purchase of own shares

At  the  forthcoming  Annual  General  Meeting  in  2018,  the  Parent 
Company will be seeking a renewal of the shareholder authority for the 
Directors to purchase up to 10% of the Parent Company’s ordinary 
shares, although at present the Directors have no plans to buy back  
any  shares.  It  is,  however,  considered  prudent  to  have  the  authority  
in place so that the Parent Company is able to act at short notice if  
circumstances warrant. 

A resolution will also be proposed at the 2018 Annual General Meeting, 
to renew the power given to the Directors to issue new shares up to  
an amount of 33% of the existing issued share capital, in line with  
the  latest  institutional  guidelines  issued  by the  Association  of  British 
Insurers (ABI), of which 5% of the existing issued share capital can be 
issued by disapplying pre-emption rights. 

It is the Parent Company’s intention to seek renewal of these general 
authorities annually.

The  Group’s  disclosures  on  employees  have  been  included  in  the 
Strategic Report on page 36.

Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (the “EBT”)

Structure of share capital

The  Parent  Company’s  share  capital  comprises  52,905,170  ordinary 
shares  with  a  nominal  value  of  2  pence  each.  All  of  the  Parent 
Company’s issued ordinary shares are fully paid up and rank equally in 
all respects. The rights attached to them, in addition to those conferred 
on their holders by law, are set out in the Articles, a copy of which can 
be  found  on  the  Treatt  website  or  obtained  on  request  from  the 
Company Secretary.

Details of the issued ordinary share capital of the Parent Company and 
movements  during the  year  are  set  out  in  note  24  of the  financial 
statements.  During the  current  period the  Parent  Company  issued 
150,000  shares  to  Treatt  SIP  Trustees  Limited  (2016:  160,000)  
and 100,000 to the Employee Benefit Trust (2016: Nil).

Restrictions on transfer of securities

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares or on the 
exercise of voting rights attached to them, except (i) where the Parent 
Company  has  exercised  its  right to  suspend their voting  rights  or to 
prohibit their transfer following the omission of their holder or any 
person  interested  in  them  to  provide  the  Parent  Company  with 

The EBT holds ordinary shares in the Parent Company in order to  
meet obligations under the Group’s employee share option schemes.  
No  shares  (2016:  Nil)  were  purchased  by  the  EBT  during  the  year 
ended 30 September 2017. During the year 100,000 (2016: Nil) shares 
were issued under a block listing application. The trustees have waived 
their voting rights and their right to receive dividends in respect of the 
ordinary shares held by the EBT. 

Treatt SIP Trustees Limited (the “SIP Trust”)

The SIP Trust holds ordinary shares in the Parent Company in order  
to meet the obligations under the Group’s Share Incentive Plan in the 
UK which was approved at the 2014 Annual General Meeting. During 
the year 150,000 (2016: 160,000) shares were issued under a block 
listing application. Voting rights are waived on all shares held in the SIP 
Trust whether or not allocated to participants under the rules of the 
Share Incentive Plan. Dividends are only waived in respect of shares 
which  have  not  been  allocated to  participants;  dividends  received  by 
the SIP Trust on behalf of participants are reinvested in shares at 
market value on the date of reinvestment.

Overview

25

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Annual General Meeting and restrictions  
on voting deadlines

The Annual General Meeting of the Parent Company will be held at  
The Athenaeum, Angel Hill, Town Centre, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, 
IP33 1LU on 26 January 2018. The Notice of Meeting and explanatory 
notes are given on pages 97 to 101. The notice of any general meeting 
will  specify  the  deadline  for  exercising  voting  rights  and  appointing  
a proxy or proxies to vote in relation to resolutions to be proposed at a 
general meeting. The number of proxy votes for, against or withheld in 
respect of each resolution are announced and published on the Treatt 
website after the meeting.

Auditors

RSM UK Audit LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in office. 
On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, resolutions are to be 
proposed at the Annual General Meeting for the re-appointment of RSM 
UK Audit LLP as auditors of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries, 
and to authorise the Board to fix their remuneration. The remuneration 
of the auditors for the year ended 30 September 2017 is disclosed in 
note 5 of the financial statements.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Directors’  Report,  
the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the Corporate 
Governance Statement and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

IFRSs adopted by the EU;

•  prepare  the  financial  statements  on  the  going  concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and the Parent Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Group and the Parent Company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
the  Parent  Company  and  hence  for taking  reasonable  steps  for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Treatt plc website. 
Legislation  in  the  United  Kingdom  governing  the  preparation  and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

Directors’ statement pursuant to the Disclosure  
and Transparency Rules

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the 
Directors’ Report, confirms that, to the best of their knowledge:

Company  law  requires  the  Directors  to  prepare  Group  and  Parent 
Company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors 
are required under the listing rules of the Financial Conduct Authority 
to prepare Group financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  adopted  by  the  European 
Union  (“EU”)  and  have  elected  under  company  law to  prepare the 
Parent  Company  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  IFRS  as 
adopted by the EU.

• 

• 

The Group financial statements are required by law, and IFRS adopted 
by the  EU, to  present  fairly the  financial  position  of the  Group  and  
the  Parent  Company  and  the  financial  performance  of  the  Group.  
The  Companies  Act  2006  provides,  in  relation  to  such  financial 
statements, that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial 
statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving 
a fair presentation.

Under  company  law  the  Directors  must  not  approve  the  financial 
statements  unless  they  are  satisfied  that  they  give  a  true  and  fair  
view  of  the  state  of  affairs  of  the  Group  and  the  Parent  Company  
and of the profit of the Group for that period. 

In  preparing  each  of  the  Group  and  Parent  Company  financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select  suitable  accounting  policies  and then  apply them 

consistently;

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and 

prudent;

26

the  financial  statements,  prepared  in  accordance  with 
IFRS  as  adopted  by  the  EU,  give  a  true  and  fair  view  
of  the  assets,  liabilities,  financial  position  and  profit  
of  the  Group  and  Parent  Company  and  the  undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

the  Strategic  Report  contained  in  the  Annual  Report 
includes a fair review of the development and performance 
of  the  business  and  the  position  of  the  Group  and  the 
undertakings  included  in  the  consolidation  taken  as  a 
whole,  together  with  a  description  of  the  principal  risks 
and uncertainties that they face.

Statement as to Disclosure of Information to Auditors

The  Directors  who  were  in  office  on the  date  of  approval  of these 
financial statements have confirmed, as far as they are aware, that 
there  is  no  relevant  audit  information  of  which  the  auditors  are 
unaware. Each of the Directors have confirmed that they have taken  
all the steps that they ought to have taken as Directors in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that it has been communicated to the auditors.

This report was approved by the Board on 28 November 2017.

Signed on behalf of the Board.

ANITA STEER 
Secretary

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017STRATEGIC REPORT

Overview

The Group is required to produce a strategic report complying with  
the requirements of The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 (“the Regulations”). 

An overview of the Group’s strategy and business model is set out 
below,  and  together  with  the  Chairman’s  Statement,  Chief  Executive 
Officer’s Report and Financial Review on pages 10 to 20, forms part of 
this Group Strategic Report. This incorporates a review of the Group’s 
activities, its business performance and developments during the year, 
as well as an indication of likely future developments. 

The Board approved an updated Group strategy in September 2017 and 
this strategy, entitled ‘Strategy 1.2 – the pathway to 2022’ (‘Strategy 
1.2’), was presented to all employees with management responsibility 
in the UK and US by the Executive Directors at strategy communication 
events held during October and November 2017. Our managers ensure 
that the strategy is thoroughly communicated throughout the business 
and that each member of their team understands how they can have  
a positive impact on the overall Group strategy. 

The main objective of the strategy remains as reported in the 2016 
report and accounts; the focus is on the delivery of long-term and 
consistent  growth  in  profitability  by  focusing  on  those  customers  
and  products  which  can  bring  Treatt  long-term  sustainable  value.  
The strategy is an evolution of our existing strategy, which has provided 
significant growth and a strong platform for the future. It provided us 
with direction and embedded behaviours that will continue to drive the 
business but with the additional focus provided by the new strategy. 
The  strategy  places  significant  importance  on  our  colleagues  and 
culture, the important product growth categories of citrus, tea and 
sugar  reduction  and  looks  ahead  to  our  physical  relocation  and 
expansion plans which will provide the platform for this and subsequent 
strategies to manifest.

Our strategy has taken the winning elements of our existing strategy 
and provides greater focus to the areas which are driving our success 
in order to set the business up to achieve our future targets. As we 
grow our business it is important we maintain focus on all product 
categories but at the same time target increased resource on areas of 
the business which have strongly delivered for Treatt as well as offering 
growth potential in the future. 

Health  and  Safety  will  always  remain  a  key  priority  in the  business. 
Without a safe business the Group cannot exist. We continuously train 
and re-train our staff to ensure that we operate best health and safety 
practices throughout the organisation. Our culture is very important  
in terms  of  health  and  safety  as  staff  feel  comfortable  in  speaking  
up about concerns and with suggested improvements.

Culture

Our cultural strategy focuses on enhancing the engagement of our 
workforce through a spectrum of methods from career development 
and training to support and care of our staff. We will continue to develop 
our  employer  brand  to  position  Treatt  as  an  employer  of  choice 
attracting the best candidates to support our growth. 

Our culture generates energy and enthusiasm from our teams and 
importantly, continues to foster an environment which cares for, and 
values, the strengths of diversity. An important part of our cultural 
strategy is our engagement with our local communities where we are 
making significant strides and as a result Treatt is being much more 
widely recognised both as a desirable employer and a business which 
takes its community responsibility seriously. We have several members 
of staff who are engaged in local schools and colleges in STEM1 and 
other initiatives which deepen our relationships as we consider our 
long-term  talent  pipeline  for  the  business.  We  have  recently  been 
recognised  by  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  winning  regional  High 
Growth Business of The Year and one of our apprentices was a finalist 
in the Bury Free Press Business Awards. 

Citrus

Citrus flavours have long been at the core of our product portfolio and 
Strategy 1.2 supports the formation of a dedicated, cross-functional 
citrus team with operational, technical, commercial and other disciplines 
to  further  develop  this  important  growing  category  even  further.  
Our strategic location of Lakeland in central Florida is in the heart of a 
much-reduced Florida citrus belt compared with its inception a quarter 
of a century ago but nevertheless the importance of our long history  
in citrus provides a sound starting point to push this important category 
on further. Consumer appetite for citrus flavours remains very strong 
and  is  globally  appreciated  by  the  consumer,  with  regional  taste 
nuances  providing  variations  on  the  refreshing  theme.  Treatt  has  a 
wealth of citrus knowledge and experience and the power of effectively 
channelling the energy of our citrus team and those supporting it will 
be an important and exciting element of the strategy. 

Tea

The iced tea market continues to grow and innovate. Whilst iced tea 
growth in North America has slowed in terms of consumption, the 
market  is  growing  and  Treatt  has  achieved  some  notable  success  
with  our tea  portfolio  which,  much  like  sugar  reduction,  is  centred  
on  authenticity  of  the  flavour.  Treatt’s  tea  solution  might  consist  
of a large volume black tea for a legacy ready-to-drink tea beverage,  
or the solution might take the form of an authentic matcha tea driven  
by  consumers’  desires  for  new  tea  experiences.  Treatt  works  in  an 
intimate relationship with key clients, utilising in-house tea sommeliers 
to  ensure  successful  ‘concept to  commercialisation’  across  such  a 
wide array of solutions.

Sugar Reduction

Sugar  reduction  remains  a  hot  topic  in  the  beverage  industry  
and is technically complicated which suits Treatt’s technical solution 
provision mindset. Sugar provides flavour, sweetness and mouthfeel.  
It is principally in the niche of flavour that Treatt operates. Sweetness 
is easier to replicate in a beverage if sugar is reduced or replaced  
but  the  authentic  and  pleasing  flavour  of  sugar  is  more  difficult  
to replicate. This is an area where Treatt has a growing reputation and 
is recognised for bringing that important technical sugar authenticity  
to the flavour profile of a beverage, coveted by consumers.

1 Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics.

Overview

27

STRATEGIC REPORT (CONTINUED)

Capital Investment

UK site relocation 
Treatt’s existing UK facility has expanded significantly over the past 40 
or so years. As the business expanded, more buildings were acquired at 
the Northern Way location, resulting in widely dispersed staff occupancy 
across six buildings, seven separate delivery points for materials and five 
separate  material  storage  sites.  A  public  road  cuts  through  the  facility 
which  results  in  further  dispersion  and  separation.  The  buildings  and 
infrastructure are now reaching the end of their useful lifespan and are 
both environmentally and productively inefficient. Future business growth 
cannot be successfully accommodated in the current business location.

The new facility has been carefully planned. The Suffolk Business Park 
is  just  four  miles  from  the  current  facility,  which  will  result  in  the  
all-important retention of Treatt’s highly skilled workforce. The buildings 
have been designed with the future in mind and will provide an attractive 
aspect  from  the  outside  and  a  great  sense  of  arrival  for  both  staff  
and customers. Internally, there will be enough space to accommodate 
medium-term growth and, through modular design, provide for longer-
term  expansion.  The  layout  will  significantly  enhance  team-working, 
communication and efficiency in all areas of the business. A significant 
investment is being made in our distillation facilities to increase both 
efficiency  and  processing  capacity  in  line  with  projected  business 
growth. Manufacturing and blending will be located in a single building, 
compared  to  four  separate  locations  currently.  Warehousing  and 
logistics will be accommodated adjacent to manufacturing to minimise 
material movements and will benefit from intelligent storage systems. 

A state of the art laboratory facility will provide both customer assurance 
and a welcoming customer experience at Treatt. The overall facility design 
and  choice  of  materials  meet  all  regulatory  requirements,  exceed 
environmental standards and provide for future expansion and growth. 

US site expansion 
Our site expansion in Lakeland, Florida is capacity-driven. As demand 
continues to grow for solutions primarily in tea and sugar reduction  
we must introduce further manufacturing capacity. The 60,000 sq. ft. 
expansion will allow for growth in key areas: Operations, Administration 
and Technical. In designing this expansion we have also considered our 
future needs and additional space has been allocated of approximately 
40,000 sq. ft. to further increase capacity in the longer term. Also,  
a critical design criterion was to keep all Lakeland-based staff under 
one roof to further enhance the fantastic culture already in place. 

The  Operations  footprint  will  grow  by  more  than  80%  providing 
additional  manufacturing  and  storage  capacity.  Additional  space  will  
be allocated for future equipment that will be used to manufacture  
new product lines in value-added categories. 

Included in the expansion is a new 10,000 sq. ft. building to house the 
administrative side of the business. To continue our tradition of excellent 
customer service, and to manage our expanded capabilities effectively, 
we are planning for growth in our Customer Services, IT and Regulatory 
functions. The design criteria for this expansion focuses not only on  
the customer experience, but also the staff working environment to 
optimise employee engagement whilst controlling costs.

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)1

KPIs have been set at Group level, having been devised to allow the Board and shareholders to monitor Group performance. The Group has financial 
KPIs which it monitors on a regular basis at Board level and, where relevant, at operational executive management meetings. The key performance 
indicators shown below cover a period of five years which is reflective of the Board’s long-term thinking.

Growth in adjusted1 profit before tax
Adjusted profit before tax is considered the most appropriate measure of the underlying performance of the Group.

45.7%

11.3%

15.2%

2017

2016

2015

2014

10.9%

Growth in adjusted1 basic earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share is considered the most appropriate measure of performance which is aligned with shareholder value.

42.4%

20.0%

7.5%

15.2%

Net operating margin2
Net operating margin is considered an important measure of the profitability of the Group.

12.6%

10.8%

10.1%

9.6%

Return on capital employed3
Return on capital employed is an important measure used to assess the profitability of the Group relative to the capital being utilised.

24.3%

24.6%

22.1%

19.9%

Average net debt to EBITDA4
0.78
Average net debt is used to ensure that the level of debt is appropriate relative to the profits generated by the business.

0.39

0.35

0.99

2013

23.1%

25.6%

9.4%

19.4%

1.28

1 All KPIs are calculated excluding exceptional items.
2 Operating profit divided by revenue.
3  Return is defined as operating profit. Capital employed is defined as net assets plus net debt. 
4 Average of net debt at start and end of financial year divided by EBITDA1 .

Commentary on the performance of the business with reference to the financial KPIs is given in the Chairman’s Statement, Chief Executive Officer’s 
Report and Financial Review on pages 10 to 20.

In addition, the Board monitors a number of non-financial key performance indicators relating to health and safety and employee well-being  
as follows:

Number of reportable accidents across the Group

Average number of sick days per employee

2017

3

3.06

2016

2

4.29

2015

5

3.66

2014

3

3.39

2013

3

3.45

28

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017To further support the growth of our business, the quality control and 
research and development areas will be tripled in size. The expansion 
and  renovation  of the  current  office  space, the  first  in  15  years,  will 
provide an inspiring, updated look to support our talented scientists. As 
volumes grow and customer expectations for quality and new product 
development  continue  to  increase,  the  additional  space  will  be  a 
highlight for customer visits and will provide collaboration opportunities 
on our benches with peer customer scientists. 

There continues to be focus on health and safety and encouragement 
of the reporting of incidents. There has been one reportable accident at 
R C Treatt, two at Treatt USA and none at Earthoil. Although reportable, 
no accident resulted in serious injury to staff and appropriate actions 
were taken in response to reduce the likelihood of further occurrences. 

The  overall  number  of  sick  days  across  the  Group  has  decreased  
significantly,  which  is  especially  encouraging  as  the  number  of 
employees has increased. Accordingly, there has been a decline in  
the average number of sick days per employee. Additional focus on 
absence policies in recent years may have contributed to the reduction. 

As the health and safety of our workforce continues to be a priority, 
accident and sickness levels are reported to the Board at each meeting. 
A process of continuous improvement ensures that action is taken to 
improve the  safety  of the  working  environment  at  every  opportunity. 
Occupational Health is involved with employees at an early stage in 
order to try and reduce long-term absence and reasonable adjustments 
are made to working hours and duties to assist employees in returning 
to work in a structured and safe manner. The Group has appropriate 
insurance policies in place to assist those staff on long-term absence, 
in order to ensure that they do not suffer financially. 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Whilst the Board has overall responsibility for setting the risk appetite 
within the business and for Group risk management, day-to-day risk 
management  responsibility  is  delegated  to  the  Executive  Directors  
who work closely with the senior management teams in reviewing  
and monitoring risk across the business. Risk appetite is an expression 
of the type and amount of risk we are willing to accept to achieve our 
strategic objectives. The Board sets the appetite for risk across the 
business by reviewing and challenging the risk register, ensuring that 
risks are considered and mitigated to an appropriate degree and that 
they  are  consistent  with  the  strategic  objectives  of  the  business.  
The register inherently defines the level of risk the Board is content for 
the business to be subjected to and is a key consideration in decision-
making across the Group. It also helps to define and monitor the actions 
required to mitigate our risks. Effective risk management is inherent  
in the culture of the Group and the way in which we do business.  
An understanding of the risks within our business and their strategic, 
commercial, financial and legal implications encourages clear decision-
making in respect of the risks which we will and will not take.

Our risk management framework provides a consistent and structured 
process for identifying, assessing, responding to and monitoring risk. 
The senior management teams compile Group risk registers considering 
the effects of risks on the business and determining appropriate and 
proportionate  risk  mitigation  strategies.  Responsibility  for  monitoring 
and  reviewing  each  risk  is  taken  by  a  designated  senior  member  of 
staff, ensuring that there is appropriate accountability. The risk register 
includes over 80 risks which are rated on their probability and impact 
and  re-rated  after  mitigation.  Those  responsible  for  each  risk  will  
use  a  variety  of  tools  to  monitor  their  risk  at  a  more  granular  level,  
including more detailed sub-registers and pertinent Key Performance  
Indicators (KPIs). 

Where significant projects are undertaken, such as the pending site 
expansion at Treatt USA and the site relocation in the UK, specific 

project  risk  registers  are  established  to  record  all  risks  that  could  
have a significant effect on the success of the project. This ensures  
that there is accountability for the mitigation strategies that are put  
in place and enables regular monitoring of risk identification and the 
effectiveness of mitigating actions throughout the project. 

Any risks that remain classified as high or medium post mitigation  
form the Board risk register, providing details of those risks that may 
impact upon the strategic direction of the Group. The Board reviews 
this  register twice  a  year  and  upon  any  material  change,  with  any 
amendments,  control  issues,  accidents  or  commercial,  financial, 
regulatory  or  reputational  issues  being  reported  to  the  Board  in  
the meantime. 

To  monitor  and  review  progress,  during the  year the  Board  selected 
three particular risks within the Board risk register, and requested  
a  detailed,  internally-led,  review  to  determine  that  the  mitigation 
strategies  committed  to  by  management  are  in  place  and  effective. 
These were risks associated with product quality, procurement and IT 
security.  The  Board  received  a  comprehensive  report  detailing  how 
each of the risks are managed on a day-to-day basis, which provided 
evidence of the systems and procedures in place, the scale of testing 
and  monitoring  undertaken,  and  their  effectiveness.  The  results 
supported our view that risk mitigation is inherent in our policies and 
procedures  and  that  those  responsible  for  risk  explore  ways  of 
continuously improving our internal systems to ensure that we work 
within the risk appetite set by the Board. It is intended that the Board 
will repeat this process in the coming year to review a number of other 
identified risks.

The Board has also conducted a review of the effectiveness of the 
Group’s system of internal controls. The Board reviewed and discussed 
a paper detailing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls, 
covering  all  material  controls,  including  those  which  are  financial, 
operational  and  compliance  related.  The  Board  has  monitored  and 
reviewed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  overall  approach  to  risk 
management  and  has  solicited  the  views  of  a  number  of  senior 
managers  relating  to  commercial  and  financial  matters  and  the 
management of those risks. The Board has concluded that the current 
risk management procedures for identifying risks and considering risk 
mitigation are appropriate.

Whilst foreign exchange is a risk to the business, the underlying impact 
of the US dollar has had a lesser effect on profits in the financial year 
than  in  the  prior  year.  The  majority  of  the  Group’s  raw  material 
purchases are made in US dollars as are the majority of the Group’s 
sales.  The  Group  has  hedging  policies  in  place  which  mitigate the 
impact  of  movements  in  the  US  dollar  exchange  rate.  Further 
information  on  how  the  Group  manages  its  foreign  exchange  risk  
is given in the Financial Review on page 17.

Following the  decision  of the  United  Kingdom to  leave the  European 
Union the Board and management team have continued to monitor the 
impact that this may have on the business; and beyond the impact of 
currency movements there remains no visible impact on the business 
from Brexit to date. Whilst the UK government continues to negotiate 
Britain’s  exit  from  the  EU,  management  believes  that  Treatt’s  global 
footprint gives it flexibility to face any challenges that may arise. 

Overview

29

STRATEGIC REPORT (CONTINUED)

We do not currently foresee any regulatory changes as a result of Brexit 
that  we  would  expect  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  business. 
Nevertheless, we will continue to monitor the situation closely, including 
the following areas of potential impact on our business:

•  Short-term  volatility  in  exchange  rates.  The  continued 
weakness  of  Sterling  against  the  currencies  in  which 
the  Group  trades,  compared  with  pre-Brexit  referendum 
levels,  would  be  positive  for  revenues  and  profitability. 
With the increasing revenue flows from our US business, 
which  continues  to  grow,  Treatt  has  benefitted  from  the 
strengthening  of  the  US  Dollar  in  this  respect  and  we 
regard a stronger, but stable, Dollar as being beneficial for 
our  business.  As  Richard  Hope  reports  in  more  detail  in 
his  Financial  Review,  our  foreign  exchange  (FX)  hedging 
model mitigates short-term volatilities and is designed to 
unwind over a period of time depending on our prevailing 
inventory turn.  A  large  majority  of  our  inventory  is  US 
Dollar  denominated.  Our  policy  is  to  hedge  a  material 
proportion  of  estimated  net  foreign  currency  cash  flows, 
on a rolling basis. 

• 

Increases or decreases to import or export tariffs both with 
EU  countries  and  globally,  dependent  upon  the  outcome  
of future trade negotiations. As well as potential increases 
to cost, new customs procedures and paperwork might 
result in increased shipping times. However, having two 
manufacturing locations in the UK and US gives us some 
flexibility to respond to this.

•  Restrictions on the free movement of labour, especially for 
EU residents already working in the UK, has the potential to 
cause us some short-term disruption, as R C Treatt has a 
diverse workforce, having been able to benefit from some 
talented and skilled individuals from within the EU.

In 2015, in light of the increased emphasis on risk in the 2014 Corporate 
Governance Code, the Board reviewed the process of risk management 
and whether risk should fall within the remit of the Audit Committee, 
with the Board retaining overall responsibility. It was decided that due 
to the size of the Group, risk management should remain with the full 
Board but as the Group continues to grow, this will remain under review. 

How we manage risks

The management of risk is embedded within the framework of the 
Group, which includes:

• 

the process of strategy setting;

•  a  clear  understanding  of  market  conditions  and  raw 

material prices;

• 

the quality of our people and culture;

•  established policies, procedures and internal controls;

•  processes for identification, review and monitoring of risk; 

•  regular  dissemination  of  financial  and  non-financial 

information and KPIs; and

•  oversight of risk by the Board.

30

The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks 
and  uncertainties  facing  the  business,  including  those  that  would 
threaten the business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. 
The following list of principal risks and uncertainties are those which 
individually or collectively might be expected to have the most significant 
impact on the long-term performance of the business and its strategic 
priorities.  It  is  not  intended to  be  an  exhaustive  list  and  additional  
risks not presently known to management, or risks currently deemed to  
be less material, may also have potential to cause an adverse impact  
on the business.

As plans progress with the UK site relocation and the US site expansion 
it is recognised that failure to deliver either project on time and to 
specification and budget could have a material impact on the business. 
Consequently, they have been added to the list of principal risks and 
uncertainties. 

The  risk  climate  in  respect  of the  commoditisation  of  existing  Treatt 
products has increased as customers continue to advise us that, whilst 
new product development will remain important to their business, there 
is particular focus on reducing the cost of existing products. Therefore, 
Treatt is seeing some stiffer competition for existing business as our 
competitors seek to reduce the cost of their ingredients in a bid to win 
business. Additionally, some products that Treatt traditionally saw as 
value-added are now seen as standard in the industry, with customers 
able to put out to tender or manufacture themselves. Our response  
is  to  capitalise  on  areas  of  the  market  where  we  are  particularly  
strong and to continue to drive process and efficiency improvements.  
The planned investment in facilities will be instrumental in this and in 
enhancing our ability to expand our value-added offering to customers.

Another risk which is deemed to have increased, is the supply of natural 
products with fluctuations in supply being caused by climatic conditions 
and natural disaster. The year has seen significant flooding and storm 
damage in a number of regions, as well as wildfires and earthquakes, 
all of which can impact the availability of natural raw materials.

The overall risk climate in respect of movements in raw material prices 
has remained unchanged. In the short-term some products, orange oil 
in particular, saw record high prices during the course of the year and 
significant volatility  from the  potential  impact  of  Hurricane  Irma  in 
relation to next season’s orange crop. However, Treatt is particularly 
experienced  in this  area  of the  business  and  strategic  decisions  are 
regularly  taken  to  mitigate  price  movements  such  as  these  which, 
whilst not eliminating risk, have a history of being effective. 

One of the principal risks identified for the business is from structural 
damage  to  our  facilities  from  adverse  weather  events,  particularly  
from hurricanes and storms in Florida, where our subsidiary Treatt 
USA is based. The facility is in Lakeland, which is inland, meaning that 
the main threat is wind rather than flood damage. We have detailed 
hurricane plans for mitigating damage which were put into action in 
2017  when  we  saw  the  worst  hurricane  in  Florida  since  2005.  
There was no significant damage to the facility and only 36 hours of 
production was impacted. Nevertheless, the weather in Florida remains 
unpredictable and we must recognise this continued risk and ensure 
that  we  are  ready  to  respond  to  it.  The  forthcoming  site  expansion 
project will include an upgrade to the existing buildings, and improve 
their ability to withstand storm damage. 

Consolidation within the flavour industry has been removed from the 
list, since although it remains a risk, it is one which has been evident 
for  some  time  as  organisations  within  our  industry  grow  through 
acquisition and it has not to date, nor is expected to, have a significant 
impact on the long-term performance of the business. 

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Strategic Objective and Priorities
Sustainable Growth (SG)  Culture (C)  Citrus (Cit)  Sugar (S)  Tea (T)  Capital Investment (CI)

EFFECT

STRATEGIC IMPACT

RISK CLIMATE

MITIGATION

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

RISK 

PEOPLE

Poaching of key 
staff

FINANCIAL

Overspend 
on UK site 
relocation 
and US site 
expansion

C  
SG


No change

SG 
CI

Added for the  
first time 

As our highly 
skilled and 
experienced 
staff become 
increasingly 
customer 
facing the risk 
of them being 
headhunted 
increases.

Increased costs 
in borrowing, 
reduction in 
working capital 
headroom and 
a need to cut 
costs in other 
areas. 

Movements in 
commodity raw 
material price 

Impact on 
contribution, 
possible stock 
shortages. 

OPERATIONAL

Pressure on 
infrastructure 
for strategic 
business

Loss of revenue, 
damage to 
reputation, loss 
of key strategic 
customer. 

SG
Cit
S
T

SG
Cit
T


No change


No change

Ensure we secure an 
emotional attachment 
to the business, that 
remuneration packages 
are appropriate to the 
position, that staff are 
empowered and have 
opportunities within  
the business

Specify projects to 
achievable budgets 
before commencement 
and ensure suitable 
contingencies are 
included. Specialist 
Project Managers to 
be appointed to run 
the project. Robust 
contracts to be put in 
place with contractors. 
Regular budget 
meetings with Directors 
to ensure project 
remains on budget.

Regular stock meetings 
and inventory control 
with experienced 
members of staff. 
Monitoring and 
communication of 
market conditions, 
long-term commodity 
contracts.

Ensure correct 
infrastructure in new 
site in UK and expansion 
in the US. Keep close 
communication between 
sales and operations to 
determine likelihood of 
large order and capacity 
restraints to manage 
customer expectations. 
Manage sub-contractor 
relationships.

Improved internal communication  
with regular Town Hall style meetings. 
Continuation of staff training, enabling 
upskilling and providing career 
development opportunities. Increase 
in paternity pay. Increase in holiday 
entitlement for new starters. Established 
employee engagement groups providing 
feedback to HR. Providing additional 
opportunities for staff to work on 
community and charity initiatives. Financial 
contribution to the employee-run Social 
Committee. Additional holiday purchase 
opportunity for employees. 

Significant work undertaken with 
external support on building design, 
specification and budget. Contract signed 
with architects specifying in detail the 
remit of their work. Project Managers 
with Comah experience shortlisted. 
Initial process conducted to shortlist 
contractors to invite to tender a Design 
and Build contract.

Maintaining close contact with suppliers, 
particularly during Hurricane Irma and 
continuing to gather and disseminate 
market intelligence on key commodities, 
assisting our customers with managing 
price volatility as part of the Treatt 
service. Continued evolution of the 
internal Citrus Team to provide greater 
management across the Group of Treatt’s 
largest raw material. Appointment of 
Citrus, Tea and Sugar Category Managers 
to further focus the direction of these  
key products.

Purchase of a new molecular still 
which is transferable to the new site. 
Appointment of a Process Development 
Manager to investigate means of 
improving process efficiency and yields 
and new equipment and processes 
capable of adding additional value. 
Ensuring sufficient inventory to be  
able to meet customer demands.

Overview

31

STRATEGIC REPORT (CONTINUED)

RISK 

EFFECT

STRATEGIC IMPACT

RISK CLIMATE

MITIGATION

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

OPERATIONAL

Structural 
damage to 
production 
facilities, 
particularly  
at Treatt USA, 
which suffers 
storms

Inadequate 
documentation 
of processes 
and/or 
adherence 
to required 
processes

IT Issues 
including 
network, 
hardware, data 
and security

COMMERCIAL

Product failure

Loss of use 
of buildings, 
danger to 
staff, loss of 
equipment and 
product. Major 
incident due to 
type of products 
stored.

Failure of BRC, 
HACCP or 
regulatory audits 
and damage 
to reputation 
as problem-
free supplier. 
Investment in 
rectification 
of any non-
compliances 
noted.

Loss of IT 
systems and/or 
data, impacting 
on the ability 
of the business 
to function 
effectively. 
Reputational 
damage and 
litigation in 
respect of data 
protection also 
possible.

Potential 
product recall 
causing financial 
and reputational 
loss.

SG
Cit
CI
T

SG


No change


No change

Regularly inspect 
and maintain building 
components. Implement 
hurricane action plan 
when necessary. 
Sufficient spread  
of inventory between 
production facilities  
in UK and US.

Strong commitment 
Group-wide to 
disciplined compliance 
to internal quality 
programs. Commitment 
to permit third-party 
auditing. 

Continued maintenance and upkeep of 
buildings. Hurricane action plan tested 
with Hurricane Irma to prevent damage 
as far as possible, which was largely 
successful. Repairs, which were not 
material, undertaken in a timely manner 
following Hurricane Irma.

Ten third-party certification and 
regulatory audits facilitated and  
any non-conformances rectified together 
with 11 customer audits across  
the Group undertaken by large multi-
national companies. Internal auditing  
of systems and processes against 
Standard Operating Procedures.

SG


No change

SG


No change

Well-constructed IT 
infrastructure with 
failover capabilities, 
supported by a 
comprehensive asset 
management database 
and best practice 
maintenance processes.
Multi-layered security 
protection system 
in place. Security 
Team continuously 
searches for and fixes 
vulnerabilities, including 
those reported by 
third-party security 
consultants.

Strong supplier 
qualification process 
Intake testing/analysis. 
Regular review of risk 
matrix for every raw 
material handled. Use 
of barcode scanners 
on all orders to avoid 
mispicks. Range of 
testing to detect 
contamination. Obtain 
up-to-date information 
for all suppliers via SAQ 
documentation. Supplier 
risk assessment to 
determine in-house  
test schedule.

Innovation and 
development of new 
products. Broaden 
into other associated 
sectors.

Continual review of infrastructure 
resilience and failover procedures 
following best practice guidelines. 
Continual review of protection required 
against security threats and the raising 
of staff awareness of cyber security. 
Internal audit and report to the Board  
on IT security mitigation in place.  
Third-party security audit undertaken  
by NCC and recommendations received.

Continuation of visits to suppliers. 
Improvements to supplier qualification 
process. Thorough investigation of errors 
leading to appropriate action such as 
retraining or amendment of procedures. 
Report to the Board on product  
failure mitigation strategies in place.  
Review and renewal of recall insurance.  
Annual desk top testing of product  
recall procedure.

Focus on areas of strength. Investigate 
process improvements and new 
equipment to increase efficiency. 
Increase value-added proposition.

Commoditisation 
of established 
Treatt products

Effect on 
revenues and 
margin attrition.

SG 
Cit 
S 
T


Increased

32

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017RISK 

COMMERCIAL

Shortening value 
chain and new 
entrants in SCC 
based aqueous 
distillates

Single-sourced 
for synthetic 
speciality 
chemicals, many 
Treattarome 
raw materials 
and materials 
for applications 
work

Natural products

LEGAL/REGULATORY

Failure to 
comply with 
relevant 
UK and US 
environmental, 
H&S and other 
applicable 
legislation 

EFFECT

STRATEGIC IMPACT

RISK CLIMATE

MITIGATION

KEY DEVELOPMENTS

Customers 
demonstrating 
increased 
competence to 
fold, fractionate, 
break bulk. 
Increased 
competition.

Potential loss 
of primary 
supply source. 
The nature of 
the materials 
concerned 
would indicate 
individual 
company IP  
is involved.

Loss of supply, 
increase in 
market price 
or impact 
on quality 
resulting from 
fluctuations in 
yields caused 
by weather, 
disease, etc. 
Squeeze on 
margins.

HSE/EA 
investigation. 
Probable 
enforcement 
action 
involving fines, 
enforcement 
notices. Risk  
of site closure.

SG 
Cit 


No change

SG
S
T


No change

Further rationalisation of the product 
portfolio to remove low margin products. 
Working with customers on make or buy 
decisions where Treatt has the expertise 
available, enabling customers to buy 
rather than process in house.

Established relationships with alternate 
supply sources and strengthened 
relationships with incumbent suppliers 
including the signing of a new five-year 
agreement with Endeavour Speciality 
Chemicals.

Continued value-added 
in-house innovation. 
Rationalisation of 
product portfolio to 
eradicate low margin 
commoditised products. 
Strengthen product 
knowledge/sourcing.

Closer collaboration 
with existing suppliers. 
Identifying alternative 
suppliers where 
possible. Investigate 
alternate sources of 
supply of, if not identical, 
similar materials. 
Creation of an alternate 
blend using substitutes. 
Long-term supply 
agreement put in place.

SG
Cit


Increased

Enhancing relationships 
with competitors/
brokers and other supply 
channels, combined 
with forward purchasing 
contracts for medium  
to longer-term supply.

The series of hurricanes and natural 
disasters in 2017 prompted uncertainty 
in markets as potential supply issues are 
feared. Market updates promptly sent 
to customer base to report on market 
fluctuations. Strategic buying of core 
products.

SG 


No change

Detailed understanding 
of legislative 
requirements with 
internal involvement, 
consultative support 
and capital investment. 
Pro-active role in 
ensuring the Group’s 
systems and procedures 
are adapted to ensure 
compliance. 

Working closely with the Environment 
Agency and relevant authorities in 
respect of Comah. Submission of 
Pre-construction Safety Report to the 
EA in respect of the UK site relocation. 
Continuation of relevant training and 
assessment of employee skills across 
the Group. 

The Group regularly reviews its commercial insurance programme and maintains an appropriate and adequate portfolio of insurance policies in line 
with the nature, size and complexity of the business.

The Group also continues to have in place a “Business Continuity” team whose on-going responsibility is to assess the issues which the Group 
would face should it experience a major and unforeseen disaster and to put in place a clear action plan as to how the Group would continue  
to operate successfully in such an event. 

Overview

33

STRATEGIC REPORT (CONTINUED)

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

Environment
The  Group  is  committed  to  good  environmental  practice.  It  places 
importance on the impact of its operations on the environment and  
on ensuring that it operates and adopts responsible practices. Group 
performance  and  risk  reviews  are  undertaken  and  monitored  on  
a regular basis and reported to the Board.

Environmental Performance and Strategy
The Group has for a long time managed energy, fuel and waste disposal 
costs  with  the  aim  of  lessening  the  Group’s  environmental  impact 
whilst reducing cost and improving efficiencies. In accordance with 
The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013, the Group is required to report its greenhouse gas 
emissions. The release of greenhouse gases, notably carbon dioxide 
generated by burning fossil fuels, is understood to have an impact on 
global temperatures, weather patterns and weather severity, which can 
directly and indirectly affect the Group’s business. As a supplier of 
natural  ingredients,  adverse  weather  conditions  and  disease  often  
have an effect on crop yields resulting in higher raw material prices 
and limited supply. There continues to be a significant reduction in both 
the  production  and  yield  of  oranges  world-wide  due to the  bacterial 
disease  Huanglongbing  (also  known  as  citrus  greening).  Hurricane 
Irma has resulted in an increase in the price of orange oil and lowered 
Florida’s  production  expectations  by  a  minimum  of  35%.  Hurricanes 
Franklin, Katia and Max hit different areas of Mexico and, coupled with 
two major earthquakes, have increased prices of most citrus products 
grown there. Another disease, Thrips, has also lowered the supply  
of key limes in Mexico.

Environmental Improvements in 2017
The  Group  continuously  evaluates  ways  of  reducing  its  impact  
on the environment and during the year has implemented a number  
of improvements at each of its subsidiaries:

R C Treatt

•  operates under the threshold limits of the Solvent Emissions 
Directive  1999/13/EC  for  the  industry  at  less  than  2t, 
threshold limit is 10t;

•  no material sent to anaerobic digester;

•  54% hazardous waste recycled (2016 46%);

•  100% of used drums recycled (2016: 92%); and

•  reduced laboratory waste by a further 14% on previous 

year (wet, glass and liquid waste).

Treatt USA

• 

installation of high efficiency vacuum pumps has reduced 
Volatile  Organic  Compound  (VOC)  emissions  by  8%  in 
blending processes and 7% in distillation processes;

•  53% reduction in waste shipped for disposal;

• 

introduction of reusable totes for intermediates reducing 
dependence on plastic drums;

34

•  all non-explosion proof metal halide lights replaced with LED 
lights reducing electricity usage for lighting by 70%; and

•  blending tank lids modified to improve tank seal, reducing 
energy  to  pull  required  vacuums  and  VOC  emissions  
in general.

Earthoil

• 

formation  of  Energy  Management  Team  and  introduction 
and roll-out of an energy management policy;

•  environmental  management  lessons  incorporated  into 

environmental, health and safety training;

•  annual  environmental  audits  introduced  for  compliance 

with statutory regulations;

•  staff sensitisation through posters and signage; and

• 

the “Reuse & Reduce” initiative continues to encourage 
staff  to  reuse  envelopes,  printing  papers  and  double  
sided printing. 

Additionally, we have maintained the reduction in the number of printed 
copies of the report and accounts required to be posted to shareholders 
by  giving  them  the  option  to  receive  the  annual  report  electronically 
through the Treatt website. The 75% reduction has not only saved 
several thousand pounds per year, but it has reduced the environmental 
impact of our financial reporting process.

Safety,  Health  and  Environment  Champions,  representing  all  areas  
of the business, provide additional focus on environmental issues and 
encourage colleagues to adopt practices which take account of our 
environmental impact as a business. 

The intended site relocation of Treatt’s UK operation and site expansion 
at  Treatt  USA  will  provide  an  opportunity to  modernise  facilities  and 
build in appropriate and cost-effective infrastructures to reduce the 
environmental impact of the buildings as far as possible. 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions
The  Group  has  adopted  a  greenhouse  gas  reporting  policy  and  
a  management  system  based  on the  ISO  14064-1:2006  methodology, 
which has been used to calculate the Group’s Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
in 2017 for activities within the operational control of the Group. It is not 
currently intended to report Scope 3 emissions.

In measuring the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions, the sales office  
in  China  has  been  excluded on the basis that emissions from utility 
consumption, which is included in the rent, is estimated to be less than a 
materiality threshold of 5% of overall Group emissions. Data has been 
accurately recorded from invoices, meter and mileage readings. 

Scope 1 – Direct CO₂ emissions (tonnes CO₂e)

Scope 2 – Indirect CO₂ emissions (tonnes CO₂e)

Total tonnes CO₂e emissions

gCO₂e emissions per kg of product shipped 

2017

1,394

1,549

2,943

390

2016

1,451

1,747

3,198

438

GHG emissions detailed in this table have been calculated using the 
appropriate  2017  DEFRA  conversion  factors,  except  for  overseas 
electricity which used the 2014 and 2015 DEFRA conversion factor.

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Following the decrease in total emissions in 2016, by 14 tonnes of CO₂e, 
there has been a more significant decrease in 2017 of 2,554 tonnes  
of CO₂e; the decrease is across both Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions. 
Scope  2  electricity  consumption  reduced  in the  UK  and  US  whilst 
electricity  consumption  in  Kenya  increased  due  to  resumption  of 
normal levels of production, following a reduction in the first quarter  
of the 2016 financial year. A proportion of the decrease in electricity 
emissions at R C Treatt was due to a change in the conversion factor 
whilst  Treatt  USA  installed  LED  lighting  to  help  reduce  electricity 
usage.  Decreases  in  Scope  1  emissions  were  seen  at  both  Treatt  
USA and R C Treatt primarily due to one-off emissions included in the 
2016 calculations. 

Water
The  Group  has  decided  to  record  water  consumption  data  whilst 
recording  its  greenhouse  gas  emissions  in  order to  gain  a  greater 
understanding  of  its  environmental  impact.  The  largest  consumer  of 
water  in the  Group  is  Treatt  USA,  which  uses  large  quantities  in  its 
manufacturing processes and the cleaning of its specialist equipment. 
Due to  its  high  consumption,  Treatt  USA  uses  a  closed  loop  cooling 
water  circuit  with  direct  cooling  from  deep  well  water  on  all  still 
condensers. This well water is then recycled back into the aquifer via a 
second deep well. The system provides significant local environmental 
benefits as well as reduced energy usage.

The  decrease  of  230,000  kgs  of  product  shipped  during  the  year 
reflects  the  continued  strategic  emphasis  on  manufactured  value-
added  products  and  movement  away  from  lower  margin  traded 
business,  which  absorb  resources  that  can  be  more  effectively  
utilised elsewhere.

The Group’s own crop growing area in Kenya uses rain water harvested 
in its own dam, a borehole and water pumped from a nearby river,  
for which it pays a small annual fee. It does not purchase any water 
from a water treatment company. Distillation waste water is re-used  
as irrigation water on the farm vegetable garden.

Waste
Treatt  USA  aims  to  recycle  as  much  of  its  waste  as  possible.  
A consistent theme in the environmental improvements made during 
the year, noted above, is the reduction of waste streams.

At R C Treatt all waste streams continue to work towards a zero land 
fill  waste  strategy.  In  addition,  R  C  Treatt’s  waste  oil  with  a  calorific 
value  is  sent  for  use  as  biomass,  thereby  further  reducing  the 
Company’s carbon footprint and eliminating disposal costs. 

In Kenya, distillation biomass waste is converted to biochar, mixed with 
farm  yard  manure  and  composted  for  use  on the  farm.  The  biochar 
reduces  the  carbon  footprint  by  sequestering  carbon  into  the  soil. 
Some of the waste is also used as mulch on the tea tree farm.

In  recording  water  consumption  for  the  Group,  the  sales  office  
in China has been excluded on the basis that water usage is included  
in the rent. Data has been accurately recorded from invoice information 
and meter readings. 

Total water used (m³)

Water efficiency (litres per Kg of product shipped)

2017

36,946

4.90

2016

33,514

4.59

Overview

35

STRATEGIC REPORT (CONTINUED)

Employment Policies

The Group is committed to a policy of recruitment and promotion on  
the basis of aptitude and ability without discrimination. Applications for 
employment by disabled persons are given full and fair consideration 
for  suitable  vacancies,  having  regard  to  their  particular  aptitudes  
and abilities. 

The focus on training continued in 2017 in order to continuously 
improve the skills of our employees through both general and targeted 
training programs provided by internal and external providers. Lunch-
and-learn style training provides the opportunity for knowledge sharing 
across the Group on a variety of subjects relevant to our business, 
whilst also providing the opportunity for staff to spend time together.  
By improving communication between colleagues these initiatives are 
vital to the sustainable growth of the business. The Group supports on-
going qualifications by providing funding and study time to employees 
across  the  business  from  NVQs  to  professional  qualifications  in 
Procurement and Supply Chain Management and Company Secretarial.

Additionally,  the  Group  continues  its  commitment  to  students  and 
apprentices in both the UK and US in providing internships in sales  
and technical departments. This provides valuable work experience to 
students in their placement year, whilst strengthening the Group’s links 
with universities and developing relationships with a future generation 
of employees. The UK site currently has five apprentices, across the 
business,  providing  them  with  a  structured  training  and  qualification 
programme. There are also three interns providing additional resource 
whilst assisting with their learning and continued development. 

Employee Involvement

Meetings  are  held  with  employees  to  discuss  the  operations  and 
progress of the business. In particular, Executive Directors make half 
yearly results presentations to all employees and encourage questions 
and dialogue on any matters pertaining to the performance or activities 
within the Group. In addition, the Information Exchange Committee 
(IEC) at R C Treatt exists in order to encourage a further exchange  
of  ideas  and  information  between  the  Company  and  its  employees.  
The IEC is chaired by the CEO and the members of the Committee are 
all employees below management level who represent all departments 
and areas of the business in the UK. The Executive Directors regularly 
have lunch with small groups of staff in order to get to know them better 
and to hear their views on the business from the employee perspective. 
Treatt  USA  Vice  Presidents  regularly  hold  “town  hall  meetings”  to 
communicate with staff on a variety of subjects and provide them with 
the  opportunity  to  ask  questions  and  challenge  management.  Board 
members make a point of visiting all Group affiliates and regularly carry 
out site visits and tours, thereby engaging in meaningful discussions 
with employees at all levels within the organisation. 

In preparation for the intended site relocation in the UK, eight design 
teams, comprising staff from a variety of functions, were formed to 
consider potential design features of different areas of the new site  
in order to provide input into the project from an employee perspective. 
Following  several  months  of  research,  the  teams  presented  their  
design ideas to the UK Leadership Team and to the project architects,  
who have taken on board the teams’ ideas and incorporated them into 
the design, where appropriate. As the project progresses a relocation 
steering group, taken from the design teams, will be responsible for 
running the project and providing an information flow.

36

All-employee  bonus  schemes,  based  on  the  performance  of  the 
business, remain in place and employees are encouraged to become 
involved  in the  success  of the  Group through  share-save  schemes  
and the Share Incentive Plan (see note 25). 

The Share Incentive Plan is run for all UK employees, with a similar 
plan having been introduced for US employees. Under these plans,  
all eligible UK and US employees received free shares (or their US 
equivalent)  in  December  2014,  2015  and  2016  and  will  do  so  in 
December 2017; UK staff will also be able to buy additional partnership 
shares, which Treatt will match on a 1:1.5 basis in accordance with the 
rules  of  the  plans.  The  Directors  believe  that  encouraging  greater 
employee  shareholding  will  further  align  the  interests  of  employees 
with those of shareholders. In order to maintain, encourage and support 
high levels of employee ownership, the Company has a scheme that 
enables those who wish to sell their shares to sell them at market  
value to colleagues, without commission and with quicker settlement. 
The scheme has proved popular, particularly with those members of 
staff based in the US, who find it more problematic to sell shares in  
a UK listed company.

Diversity

Appointments  within  the  Group  are  made  on  merit  according  to  the 
balance  of  skills  and  experience  offered  by  prospective  candidates. 
Whilst acknowledging the benefits of diversity, individual appointments 
are  made  irrespective  of  personal  characteristics  such  as  race, 
disability, gender, sexual orientation, religion or age. 

As a manufacturing business, it is extremely rare for women to apply 
for positions within the production and despatch areas, where manual 
handling is a significant part of the role and there are currently none 
employed in this capacity. The number of women in other areas of the 
business remains at 37% (2016: 37%) of the Group workforce with a 
slight increase in the number of women in Group senior management 
positions  at  47%  (2016:  44%).  The  number  of  men  and  women 
employed across the Group at 30 September 2017 was as follows:

Position

Group Directors

Senior Managers

Other Employees

Total Employees

Male

6

24

192

222

Female

1

21

111

133

Total

7

45

303

355

Diversity  is  a  key  aspect  of  our  approach  to  resourcing  the  needs  
of the business, developing our colleagues and recruiting new talent 
but  gender  diversity  is  only  part  of  the  story.  We  aim  to  create  
an inclusive environment that values all differences in people since 
diverse teams are more likely to be innovative when drawing from 
cultural differences and experiences. 

We recognise that our employees have lives outside of work and we 
aim  to  provide  a  flexible  workplace  that  enables  them  to  achieve  a 
balance between their role with Treatt and their responsibilities outside 
of work. Our flexible working policy enables all employees, as far as 
their roles permit, to work from home and provides general flexibility to 
staff. Such policies are helpful in the recruitment of a diverse workforce.

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Community  funds  provide  additional  benefits  to  the  farmers  and  
their families, such as scholarships and sanitary products to a local 
primary school. Earthoil supports a virgin coconut oil project in Samoa, 
which is run by a not-for-profit women’s foundation; a unique venture 
aimed at rebuilding the economic independence of individual villages. 
Earthoil’s Project Director visited the foundation this year to learn more 
and  share  best  practice  in  efficiency.  By  locating  the  production  of 
virgin  coconut  oil  within  the  villages,  the  returns  to  the  villages,  and  
to  the  individual  family  groups,  are  greatly  increased  by  comparison 
with the more highly industrialised process. 

Ethical  concerns  and  human  rights  issues  have  always  played  an 
important role in Treatt’s company philosophy and the Group’s Supplier 
Code  of  Conduct  details  the  standards  of  behaviour  which  Treatt 
regards as acceptable. Provision of a safe, clean working environment, 
free from discrimination, coercion and the use of child or forced labour 
is a basic right of all employees, which Treatt expects of its business 
partners  as  a  minimum  standard.  The  Group  is  often  audited  by  its 
customers to assess compliance with minimum acceptable standards, 
including  ethical  and  human  rights  considerations.  The  Group  is 
committed  to  combatting  the  risk  of  modern  slavery  and  human 
trafficking in its supply chain and all parts of the business. The Modern 
Slavery Statement is available on the Treatt website, www.treatt.com.

This Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 28 November 2017.

Signed on behalf of the Board

ANITA STEER 
Secretary

Social, community and human rights issues

The  Group  endeavours  to  impact  positively  on  the  communities  in 
which it operates and over the last few years has significantly increased 
its  presence  in  the  community.  During  the  year  the  Group  made 
charitable donations of £23,000 (2016: £22,000) to local and national 
causes. Support is provided through donations directly to charities and 
through a matching scheme, whereby the Group donates a percentage 
of  funds  raised  by  staff  in  sponsored  events.  This  year  staff  have 
undertaken a number of sponsored and fundraising events for a variety 
of charities in which they have a particular interest including a charity 
cricket match and cake sale. Grit and determination were demonstrated 
when colleagues cycled 880 miles in 104 hours and raised over £8,000 
for mental health charity ‘Mind’. 

The UK site operates “Payroll Giving”, enabling staff to donate regularly 
to their chosen charities directly from their gross pay; and staff also 
raise money by entering a charity lottery directly through payroll.

The Treatt Community Spirit Initiative is going from strength to strength 
and  provides  opportunities  for  employees to  support  local  causes  by 
carrying out activities such as litter picks and providing assistance in a 
charity’s warehouse both within work time and in their own time, as 
well as supporting local fundraising events. During the year, employees 
were able to nominate and vote for a preferred charity to which a 
donation was made.

The  local  charities  Treatt  continually  supports  include:  East  Anglia’s 
Children’s Hospice, My Wish Charity supporting West Suffolk Hospital, 
UpBeat  Heart  Support,  St.  Nicholas  Hospice  Care  and  ‘KidsPack’ 
children’s  charity  in  the  US.  Additionally,  Treatt  has  continued  to 
sponsor local events providing support and prize money to the Bury  
in  Bloom  Young  and  Senior  Green  Fingers  initiatives,  encouraging 
gardening activities at both ends of the age spectrum. 

As a means of rewarding staff, whilst supporting a charitable initiative, 
boxed  cream  teas  were  provided  to  all  UK  staff  during  Wimbledon 
tennis fortnight, bought from Action Medical Research.

Similar  initiatives  take  place  in  the  US,  and  a  party  of  volunteers 
regularly  collects  rubbish  on  local  roads  as  part  of  the  Florida 
Department of Transportation’s “Adopt A Highway” scheme.

Earthoil is committed to purchasing oils directly from source at a fair and 
sustainable price and works closely with growers in under-developed 
countries through Fair for Life social and fair trade certification. 

Long-term and trusted support and co-operation has also been a driver 
for positive change which has led to Earthoil’s partner, the Kenyan 
Organic Oil Farmers Association (KOOFA), increasing from its initial  
90 members to now well over 700 producers. Earthoil has helped 
deliver  over  100  new  3,000  litre  water tanks to  members  of  KOOFA  
to enable them to store valuable water, with the remaining farmers to 
receive water tanks as part of this long-term project. Over 2,000 family 
members will eventually utilise the new water tanks, hoping to free up 
time that is usually spent fetching or buying water for other activities. 

Additionally, through the donation of efficient gasifier stoves to Kenyan 
farmers, Earthoil Africa EPZ continues to be certified carbon neutral; 
all  carbon  dioxide  emissions  from  Kenyan  activities  having  been 
neutralised.  As  a  direct  consequence,  dozens  of  Kenyan  farming 
families are now living in healthier homes free from smoke and carbon 
monoxide formerly produced from open fires.

Overview

37

 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

Introduction from the Chairman

Leadership

As Chairman, I am responsible for ensuring that the Board upholds  
high standards of corporate governance and that it operates effectively 
and efficiently. Good governance is about the quality of the processes 
for  making  and  implementing  decisions,  ensuring  that  there  is  
an  appropriate  level  of  oversight  and  challenge,  a  focus  on  risks,  
a commitment to transparency and a culture of continuous improvement. 
At  Treatt  there  is  a  commitment  to  high  standards  of  corporate 
governance throughout the Group and this is reflected in our governance 
principles, policies and practices. We believe that effective governance, 
not  only  in  the  boardroom  but  right  across  the  business,  ultimately 
produces a better business and supports long-term performance.

By  virtue  of  its  premium  listing  on  the  London  Stock  Exchange,  
Treatt  measures  its  corporate  governance  compliance  against  the 
requirements of the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code1 published 
by  the  UK  Financial  Reporting  Council  (FRC).  The  FCA  requires  
each company with a premium listing to “comply or explain” its non 
compliance  against  the  Code.  The  Group  monitors  its  compliance  
with the Code, and in this corporate governance section and throughout 
this  annual  report,  areas  of  corporate  governance  compliance  and  
non-compliance are explained by reference to the 2016 Code. 

TIM JONES

Compliance with the 2016 UK  
Corporate Governance Code

The  Board  confirms  that  throughout  the  year  ended  30  September 
2017 the Group has complied with the provisions set out in the 2016  
UK Corporate Governance Code1, except for provision D2.2, as explained 
in  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report,  since  the  remuneration  of  
Group senior managers is determined by the Executive Directors as  
the  Remuneration  Committee  believe  that  they  are  best  placed  to  
make this decision. However, remuneration proposals in respect of 
senior  managers  are  reviewed  by  the  Remuneration  Committee.  
The  bonuses  of  all  senior  managers  in the  Group  are  approved  by  
the Remuneration Committee. 

The  Board  is  accountable to the  Parent  Company’s  shareholders  for 
good governance and the statement set out below describes how the 
principles  identified  in the  2016  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  are 
applied by the Group.

The Directors consider the annual  report and financial statements, 
taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the  information  necessary  for  shareholders  to  assess  the  Group’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

The terms of reference of all the Committees can be found on the 
Treatt website at www.treatt.com.

Details of the Directors who served during the year, the positions they 
hold, and the Committees of which they are members are shown on 
page 22. The Board consists of five Non-executive Directors, of which 
Tim  Jones  is  Chairman,  and  two  Executive  Directors,  of  which 
Daemmon Reeve is Chief Executive Officer.

There is a clear division of responsibility between the Chief Executive 
Officer, who is required to develop and lead business strategies and 
processes to enable the Group’s business to meet the requirements of 
its shareholders, and the Chairman who is responsible for leadership of 
the  Board  and  ensuring  that  appropriate  conditions  are  created  to 
enable the Board to be effective in providing entrepreneurial leadership 
to the Group. The key functions of the Chairman are to conduct board 
meetings and meetings of shareholders as well as to ensure that all 
Directors are properly briefed in order to take a full and constructive 
part  in  Board  discussions.  The  Chairman  has  regular  contact  with  
the Non-executive Directors without the presence of the Executive 
Directors. Concerns relating to the executive management of the Group 
or the performance of the other Non-executive Directors may be raised 
with David Johnston, who is the Senior Independent Director (“SID”). 
The role of the SID is also to provide a sounding board for the Chairman, 
to serve as an intermediary for the other Directors and to lead the 
performance evaluation process for the Chairman.

Board Effectiveness

The  Directors  believe that the  Board,  having  been  refreshed  in  2011, 
2012,  2013  and  2016,  has  an  appropriate  balance  of  skills  and 
experience  with  financial,  technical,  industry-specific  and  general 
business disciplines being represented. The structure of the Board 
ensures  that  no  one  Director  is  dominant  in  the  decision-making 
process  and  that  open  debate  and  discussion  is  encouraged.  
There  is  a  suitable  balance  between the  number  of  Executive  and  
Non-executive Directors. 

The importance of board diversity, including gender diversity which has 
been the subject of recent debate in respect of board composition, is 
recognised and supported by the Directors of Treatt plc. The Board is 
conscious of the benefits of diversity in the boardroom and management 
positions  within the  Group.  Our  policy  is to  recruit the  best  possible 
candidate  for  each  individual  role  having  regard  to  qualifications, 
experience  and  personality,  without  prejudice  to  a  candidate’s 
characteristics.  Further  details  on the  Group  approach to  diversity  
are given on page 36. 

Upon appointment, Directors are provided with access to an appropriate 
external  training  course  and  to  advice  from  the  Group’s  solicitors  
in  respect  of  their  role  and  duties  as  a  public  company  director.  
Where they  have  significant  relevant  experience  for the  role, training 
may be felt to be unnecessary. In addition, all new Directors receive an 
induction to acquaint them with the Group. This takes the form of site 
tours, meetings with other Board members and senior management 
and  the  provision  of  an  induction  pack,  which  contains  general 
information about the Group, its structure and key personnel, together 
with copies of relevant policies and procedures, financial information 
and briefings on Directors’ responsibilities and corporate governance. 

38

1 A copy of the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code  
can be obtained from www.frc.org.uk

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017The Board considers that, with the exception of Anita Haines, all the 
Non-executive  Directors  are  independent  of  management  and  free  
of any relationship which could materially interfere with the exercise  
of  their  independent  judgement.  Anita  Haines  is  not  regarded  as 
independent, as defined by the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code, 
having  recently  served  as  an  Executive  Director.  Accordingly,  Anita 
Haines does not serve on either the Audit or Remuneration Committees. 
All  Non-executive  Directors  receive  a  fixed  fee  for  their  services. 
However,  in  exceptional  circumstances,  where  significant  additional 
time commitment is required, a Non-executive Director may, if approved 
by  the  Board  or  Remuneration  Committee  as  required,  be  paid  an 
additional fee in accordance with the Remuneration Policy. The Board 
is  satisfied  that  the  Chairman’s  other  commitments  do  not  detract  
from the extent or the quality of the time which he is able to devote  
to the Group.

The  Board  meets  formally  at  least  five  times  each  year  and  more 
frequently where business needs require, with attendance in person or 
by video  conference  required  at  each  meeting.  In  addition,  regular 
contact is maintained by email and telephone with written updates 
provided  in  respect  of  on-going  issues,  enabling  regular  input  from  
all Board members. The Board recognises the importance of holding  
a meeting in the US, previously on a biennial basis, and from 2018 has 
committed to meet at Treatt USA annually. This is due to Treatt USA’s 
increasing  contribution  to  Group  profits  coupled  with  the  current 
expansion project. The visit will afford the Board the opportunity to 
meet with the senior management team and view the site expansion  
in person. 

Day-to-day management of the Group is delegated to the Executive 
Directors. However, the Board has a schedule of matters reserved to it 
for decision and the requirement for Board approval on these matters 
is  communicated  widely  throughout  the  senior  management  of  the 
Group. These matters, which are reviewed periodically, include material 
capital commitments, commencing or settling major litigation, business 
acquisitions and disposals, appointments to subsidiary company boards 
and dividend policy. 

To enable the Board to function effectively and Directors to discharge 
their  responsibilities,  full  and  timely  access  is  given  to  all  relevant 
information.  In  the  case  of  board  meetings,  this  consists  of  a 
comprehensive  set  of  papers,  including  regular  business  progress 
reports  and  discussion  documents  regarding  specific  matters.  Board 
meetings  are  of  sufficient  duration  to  enable  debate  and  discussion, 
ensuring  adequate  analysis  of  issues  during  the  decision-making 
process. Further opportunity for more informal and extended discussion 
is  provided  at  Board  lunches  which  take  place  after  every  Board 
meeting  and  also  provide  the  Board  with  an  opportunity  to  meet 
members of staff, who are invited to attend.

If  necessary,  there  is  an  agreed  procedure  for  Directors  to  take 
independent  professional  advice  at  the  Group’s  expense.  This  is  
in  addition  to  the  access  which  every  Director  has  to  the  Company 
Secretary. The Secretary is charged by the Board with ensuring that 
Board  procedures  are  followed  and  that  there  are  good  information 
flows  within  the  Board  and  its  Committees  and  between  senior 
management and Non-executive Directors.

Nomination Committee

Membership and Meetings
Members of the Nomination Committee throughout the year are shown 
on  page  22.  The  Nomination  Committee  has  met  once  during  the 
course  of  the  year.  The  Board  worked  extensively  on  succession 
planning in 2016 and in the absence of the need to further refresh  
the Board, 2017 resulted in a quieter year for the committee.

Role and Responsibilities
The main responsibilities of the Nomination Committee are:

• 

to  review  regularly the  structure,  size  and  composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) 
of the Board and its committees and make recommendations 
to the Board with regard to any changes that are deemed 
necessary;

• 

to identify and nominate candidates for the approval of the 
Board to fill Board and committee vacancies as and when 
they arise;

•  succession  planning  for  Directors,  in  particular  the 
Chairman  and  CEO,  taking  into  account  the  challenges  
and  opportunities  facing  the  Group  and  the  skills  
and expertise needed on the Board for the future; and

•  review the results of the Board and committee performance 
evaluation  process  that  relate  to  the  composition  of  the 
Board  and  committees  and  to  assess  whether  the  Non-
executive  Directors  are  dedicating  sufficient  time  to 
fulfilment of their duties.

Activities since the last report

•  review of the results of the Board evaluation process and 

consideration of training needs;

•  review of the performance of the Directors; and

•  continuation of structured succession plans. 

Appointments to the Board

Appointments  to  the  Board  of  both  Executive  and  Non-executive 
Directors are considered by the Nomination Committee, which consults 
with Executive Directors and ensures that a wide range of candidates 
is considered. The Committee considers the skills mix of the serving 
Directors to identify potential gaps or areas where increased strength 
is  required.  In  accordance  with  Treatt’s  Board  Diversity  Policy,  and 
having recognised the benefit of having an appropriate level of diversity 
on the Board to support the achievement of its strategic objectives,  
the Committee also considers the benefits of all aspects of diversity, 
including but not limited to, race, disability, gender, sexual orientation, 
religion, belief, age and culture. The recommendations of the Nomination 
Committee are ultimately made to the full Board which considers them 
before any appointment is made. 

Any Director appointed during the year is required, under the provisions 
of the Articles of Association, to retire and seek election by shareholders 
at the next Annual General Meeting. The Articles also require that one 
third of the Directors retire by rotation each year and seek re-election 
at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  provided  always  that  all  Directors  
must be subject to re-election at intervals of no more than three years. 
Any Non-executive Director having been in post for nine years or more 
is subject to annual re-election. The Directors required to retire are 
those in office longest since their previous re-election.

Corporate Governance

39

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT (CONTINUED)

Board and Committee Evaluation
The Nomination Committee is also responsible for the annual evaluation 
of the  Board,  its  committees  and  its  Directors.  During the  year  an 
evaluation of the Board, its committees and each individual Director is 
carried out internally, with the assistance of the Company Secretary,  
as the Board believes it has the appropriate resources and experience 
to  undertake  the  reviews.  The  Board  and  committee  reviews  are 
conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the  appropriate  Chairman.  
During the year the company invested in Evalu8, an online tool which 
allows  boards,  committees  and  directors  of  quoted  companies  to 
perform  formal  and  rigorous  self-assessment  in  a  productive  and 
secure  manner.  It  enables  the  evaluation  process  through  a  range  
of  comprehensive  questionnaires,  which  can  be tailored to  meet  a 
board  or  committee’s  needs,  and  provides  an  analysis  of  responses.  
The committee evaluation process used Evalu8, with results compared 
against the prior year’s evaluation. 

The evaluation of the Board was conducted by the Chairman during the 
course of the individual Director evaluation using a Quoted Companies 
Alliance tool, which considers the effectiveness of the Board through 
selected questions focusing on the principles of corporate governance 
and the six characteristics of an effective board. In addition, the skills 
matrix  of  each  of  the  Directors  was  reviewed  and  the  skills  and 
experience mix discussed in relation to performance of the Board.  
The  results  were  discussed  by  the  Nomination  Committee  and 
recommendations  for  continuous  improvement  made to the  Board.

The performance of individual Directors is evaluated by the Chairman, 
in conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer in the case of the other 
Executive Director. The Chairman is evaluated by the Chief Executive 
Officer and the Senior Independent Director. The process includes 
individual  performance  meetings,  at  which  past  performance  is 
discussed  and  evaluated  and  future  objectives  established.  Training 
and  development  needs  have  been  identified  for  the  coming  year.  
The  Board  has  spent time  focusing  on  its  objectives,  which  includes 
further work in respect of risk management. 

The results of the evaluation process demonstrated that the performance 
of the  Directors, the  Board  and the  Committees  is  effective  overall,  
but action points have been agreed to further improve performance. 

Succession Planning
Board  succession  planning  for  the  Executive  Directors  and  senior 
executives is a priority of the Board. In some instances suitable internal 
candidates have been identified as likely successors for both interim 
and  permanent  positions.  We  will  continue to  invest  in  such talent  
but for some positions external recruitment will also be necessary.  
We recognise that having been through significant cultural change in  
recent years (a process which continues) a cultural fit with the business 
is essential. The Committee will continue to monitor progress with 
succession planning for the Executive Directors and senior executives. 

Audit Committee

Membership and Meetings
Members of the Audit Committee throughout the year are shown on 
page 22, each of whom is deemed to be independent. Jeff Iliffe joined 
the Committee as Chairman in February 2013 and is deemed by the 
Board to have significant, recent and relevant financial experience.  
He is a Chartered Accountant with over 20 years’ experience in the 
financing and management of companies, both in the City of London 
and in industry.

The  Committee  met  three  times  during  the  year.  The  auditor  
attended  two  of  these  meetings  other  than  when  their  appointment  
or performance was being reviewed. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer and other senior finance staff were invited to attend 
as appropriate. The Committee has discussions at least once a year 
with the  auditor  without  management  being  present.  Furthermore,  
the Committee Chairman meets informally with, and has access to,  
the  Chief  Financial  Officer  to  discuss  matters  considered  relevant  
to the Committee’s duties and maintains a regular dialogue with the  
Audit Partner.

Role and Responsibilities
The main responsibilities of the Audit Committee during the year were:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

to monitor the integrity of the annual report of the Group 
and  to  review  and  report  to  the  Board  on  significant 
financial reporting issues and judgements which it contains, 
having regard to matters communicated to it by the auditor;

to review the content of the annual report and advise the 
Board on whether, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business 
model and strategy;

to  oversee the  relationship  with the  auditor  and  assess  
the effectiveness of the external audit process, including 
making recommendations to the Board on their appointment, 
remuneration  and  terms  of  engagement.  The  Committee 
also monitors their independence and objectivity;

to make recommendations to the Board on the requirement 
for an internal audit function; and

to ensure that procedures are in place whereby staff of the 
Group may, in confidence, raise concerns about possible 
improprieties  in  matters  of  financial  reporting  or  other 
matters.  The  Committee  has  arrangements  in  place  for  
the  proportionate  and  independent  investigation  of  such 
matters and for appropriate follow-up action.

40

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Activities since the last report

•  meeting with the audit partner and manager to agree the 

audit plan and identification of risk;

•  reviewing  the  auditor’s  findings,  management’s  response 

and ensuring robust challenge;

•  reviewing the auditor’s performance and the audit process 
to ensure that they remain objective and independent, and 
to assess the effectiveness of the audit; 

•  approval  of  the  fees  paid  to  the  auditors  for  audit  and  

non-audit work;

•  review of the Group’s annual report for 2017 to ensure that, 
taken as a whole, it was fair, balanced and understandable. 
This  included  consideration  of  a  report  from  the  auditor 
on their  audit  and  review  of the  financial  statements  and 
confirmation from management;

•  giving  consideration  to  any  whistleblowing  reports  (of 

which there were none during the year); 

•  reviewing  the  potential  requirement  for  an  internal  audit 
function. Given the size and structure of the Group, and  
the  level  of  control  exercised  by  the  management  team,  
the  establishment  of  a  formal  internal  audit  function  
was  not  considered to  be  necessary  at  present.  As the 
Group develops, the need for such a function will be kept 
under review; 

•  consultation with major shareholders on auditor rotation;

•  a review of the performance of the Audit Committee;

•  working with the Board to update the terms of reference  

of the Audit Committee; and

•  updating the policies on the provision of non-audit related 
services  by the  auditors  and the  employment  of  former 
employees of the external auditor.

Financial Reporting
During  the  year  the  Committee  and  the  Board  monitor  the  integrity  
of  any  formal  announcements  relating  to  the  Group’s  financial 
performance. Reports are requested from management on particular 
matters, especially where a significant element of judgement is required. 
Additionally, the Chairman of the Committee has regular contact with the 
audit partner and the Committee meets with the audit partner without 
the presence of the Executive Directors.

In respect of the annual report, the Chairman of the Committee reviews 
early drafts to keep appraised of its key themes and to raise any issues 
early  in  the  process.  The  2017  annual  report  was  reviewed  at  a 
Committee meeting in November 2017; after due challenge and debate 
the Committee was content with the appropriateness of the accounting 
policies  adopted,  and  that  the  key  judgements  applied,  which  where 
possible  are  supported  by  external  advice  or  other  corroborative 
evidence,  are  reasonable  and  therefore  agreed  with  management 
recommendations.

The Committee advised the Board that the annual report and financial 
statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable 
and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy. The 
Committee also reviewed compliance with the disclosure requirements 
on Directors’ remuneration and the Strategic Report. 

Having  discussed  the  key  judgements  and  risk  areas  monitored  
by the auditors, the Board concluded that, as in prior years, the half year 
results would not be subject to an external audit or a formal audit 
review. In reaching that conclusion, regard was given to the matters 
subject to judgement and the processes established for addressing and 
supporting these, the output of the enhanced work undertaken on risk 
identification and management, the consistent application of accounting 
policies,  and  the  practice  of  similarly-sized  listed  companies.  The 
review by the Board prior to approval of the half year report included 
the receipt of a report from management on the key areas of judgement 
made for the half year results and how the outputs were arrived at. 

Risk Management
The  Committee  continues  to  consider  the  requirements  of  the  2016  
UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) and the FRC Guidance on 
Audit Committees. Following a review in 2015, it was decided that due 
to the size of the Group, risk management, internal controls, approval of 
the going concern statement and the assessment of the long-term 
viability statement should remain with the full Board, rather than being 
delegated to the Audit Committee. As the Group continues to grow,  
this will remain under review. 

External Auditor Assessment
The  Committee  has  oversight  of  the  relationship  with  the  external 
auditor and is responsible for monitoring their independence, objectivity 
and  compliance  with  professional  and  regulatory  requirements.  
The Committee undertakes an annual assessment of the effectiveness 
of  the  external  auditor  to  facilitate  continued  improvement  in  the 
external audit process. This assessment considers:

• 

• 

• 

the delivery of an efficient, robust audit in compliance with 
the agreed plan and timescale;

the  provision  of  perceptive  advice  on  key  areas  of 
judgement, and technical issues; 

the  demonstration  of  a  high  level  of  professionalism  and 
technical expertise; 

•  continuity within the audit team; and

•  adherence to  independence  policies  and  other  regulatory 

requirements.

During the year the Committee has monitored RSM’s performance and 
were satisfied that the above requirements had been met and that they 
demonstrated continued commitment to perform high-quality work.

Corporate Governance

41

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT (CONTINUED)

External Auditor Independence and  
Consideration of a Tendering Process 
RSM has, in one form or another through various changes of name  
and  consolidation  with  other  audit  firms,  been  Treatt’s  auditor  for 
almost 30 years. There has of course been a succession of different 
personnel involved with Treatt through these years, although a small 
number of RSM employees, who are no longer involved in the provision 
of audit services, have been with the firm for a significant period during 
this time and continue to be employed by RSM. 

The  continued  engagement  of  RSM  is  compliant  with  legislative  
and governance requirements and in accordance with the requirement 
to rotate the audit partner every five years, a new audit partner, who 
has no previous connection with Treatt, was appointed earlier this year. 
He  is  assisted  by  an  experienced  audit  manager,  who  is  also  new  
to Treatt. The Board and the external auditor have arrangements to 
safeguard the independence and objectivity of the external auditor, 
which were reviewed and deemed satisfactory. 

Treatt’s  Audit  Committee  undertakes  an  annual  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of RSM’s performance to facilitate continued improvement 
in  the  external  audit  process.  Following  its  2017  review  of  their 
performance and relationship with Treatt, the Committee was satisfied 
that RSM continues to deliver a robust audit and remains independent 
of Treatt. 

The Committee considered “The Statutory Auditors and Third Country 
Auditors Regulations 2016” which will result in the mandatory rotation 
of auditors by 2020, and whether an audit tender process should be 
undertaken  prior  to  2020.  Subject  to  the  annual  review  of  RSM’s 
performance  and  the  Audit  Committee  remaining  happy  with  their 
continued independence, and having consulted with major shareholders 
on  this  point  during  the  year,  it  is  not  currently  planned  to  rotate 
auditors or tender the audit until 2020. 

The Committee has therefore recommended to the Board that RSM  
UK Audit LLP be reappointed in 2018. 

The level of non-audit fees and their effect on the auditor’s independence 
or objectivity is also considered on a regular basis. The split between 
audit and non-audit fees for the year under review appears in note 5. 
Following the  publication  of the  FRC  Revised  Ethical  Standard  2016, 
RSM no longer provides tax compliance and other tax services to the 
Group.  The  Committee  has  reviewed  and  revised  the  policy  for  the 
provision of such services to ensure that objectivity and independence 
are not compromised and that it is in line with the Standard. Under the 
policy, all non-audit services to be contracted with the external auditor 
will require the approval of the Committee. When considering the use 
of  the  auditor  to  undertake  such  assignments,  consideration  will  be 
given  at  all  times  to  the  provisions  of  the  FRC  Guidance  on  Audit 
Committees with regard to the preservation of independence.

Effectiveness of the Committee
The  effectiveness  of the  Committee  was  considered  as  part  of the 
Board  evaluation  detailed  on  page  40  and  reviewed  as  part  of the 
Committee’s own processes. The Committee received positive feedback 
on the way it challenges the business and was seen as open, transparent 
and effective.

Review of the 2017 Annual Report  
and Financial Statements
Amongst  the  matters  considered  by  the  Committee  were  the  key 
accounting issues, matters and judgement in relation to the Group’s 
2017 annual report and financial statements relating to:

• 

• 

the level of provisions against obsolete, slow moving and 
defective inventory, and for onerous customer contracts 
which  are  likely  to  result  in  a  loss  to  the  Group.  This 
involved  discussions  with  management  on  the  detailed 
exercises  undertaken  to  identify  the  relevant  provision 
levels, and with the auditors on their findings following 
their review of the work done and the controls in place 
over these processes; and

the  assumptions  used  to  calculate  the  Group’s  pension 
liability  in  accordance  with  IAS  19  arising  from  the  final 
salary pension scheme. This included confirming that they 
are in accordance with advice received from the scheme 
actuaries, Barnett Waddingham, and that these assumptions 
had been critically reviewed by the auditors.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee’s primary responsibility is to determine 
the remuneration of the Executive Directors of the Group ensuring that 
there is a sufficient balance between the levels of ordinary remuneration 
and  performance-related  elements  designed  to  promote  the  Group’s 
long-term success.

Full  details  of  the  Directors’  remuneration  and  a  statement  of  the 
Group’s remuneration policy are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report appearing on pages 44 to 55. Members of the Remuneration 
Committee  throughout  the  year  are  shown  on  page  22.  The  Chief 
Executive Officer attends meetings of the Remuneration Committee  
to discuss the performance of the Chief Financial Officer and make 
proposals as necessary, but is not present when his own position is 
being discussed.

Each Executive Director abstains from any discussion or voting at full 
Board meetings on Remuneration Committee recommendations where 
the recommendations have a direct bearing on their own remuneration 
package. The details of each Executive Director’s individual package 
are  fixed  by  the  Committee  in  line  with  the  policy  adopted  by  the  
full Board.

Board Accountability

The  Board  is  responsible  for  reviewing  and  approving  the  annual  
report and financial statements, the half year results and other financial 
statements  to  ensure  they  present  a  balanced  assessment  of  the 
Group’s position. Drafts of all financial releases are provided to the 
Board in a timely manner and Directors’ feedback is discussed and 
incorporated where appropriate, prior to publication.

42

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Attendance at Meetings
The members of the Board during the year and its Committees, together with their attendance, are shown below:

Number of meetings held in year
Daemmon Reeve, Chief Executive Officer

Richard Hope, Chief Financial Officer

Board 

7
7

7

Tim Jones, Non-executive Director and Chairman

7, Chairman

Anita Haines, Non-executive Director

Jeff Iliffe, Non-executive Director 

Richard Illek, Non-executive Director

David Johnston, Senior Independent Non-executive Director

7

7

5

7

Audit 
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

3
N/A

N/A

3

N/A

3, Chairman

N/A

3

1
1

N/A

1, Chairman

1

1

1

1

3
N/A

N/A

3

N/A

3

3

3, Chairman

As permitted by the Parent Company’s Articles of Association, Directors 
may  participate  in  the  minuted  decisions  via  telephone  or  video 
communication where it is impractical for them to attend in person. 

Financial and Internal Control

The  Board  confirms  that  a  process  for  the  on-going  identification, 
evaluation and management of significant risks faced by the Group has 
been in place throughout the year and to the date of approval of this 
report,  which  complies  with  the  “Guidance  on  Risk  Management, 
Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting” issued 
by  the  FRC  in  September  2014.  The  process  is  subject  to  regular 
review by the Board and there  were  no significant internal control 
issues identified during the year.

The Directors are responsible for the Group’s system of internal control, 
the effectiveness of which is reviewed by them annually. This covers all 
controls  including  those  in  relation  to  financial  reporting  processes 
(including the  preparation  of  consolidated  accounts).  In  addition to 
monitoring reports received via the Executive Directors they consider  
the  risks  faced  by  the  Group,  whether  the  control  systems  are 
appropriate  and  consult  with  internal  and  external  experts  on 
environmental,  insurance,  legal  and  health  and  safety  compliance. 
However, such a system can only provide reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. The key procedures 
that the Directors have established to provide effective internal controls 
are as follows:

Financial Reporting
A detailed formal budgeting process for all Group businesses culminates 
in an annual Group budget and a five-year forecast which is approved  
by the Board. Results for the Group and its main constituent businesses 
are  reported  monthly  against  the  budget  to  the  Board  and  revised 
forecasts for the year are prepared through the year. The Group uses 
a standardised consolidation system for the preparation of the Group’s 
monthly  management  accounts,  half  year  and  annual  consolidated 
financial statements, which is subject to review by senior management 
throughout the consolidation process.

The  Board  monitors  the  integrity  of  all  financial  announcements 
released by the Group, ensuring that, among other things, appropriate 
accounting  standards  and  policies  are  applied  consistently, that  all 
material information is presented and that the disclosures are accurate. 

Information Technology
The  Group  operates  on  a  common  centrally  managed  computer 
platform. This provides common reporting and control systems and  
the ability to manage and interrogate businesses remotely. However,  
there are associated risks with having the entire Group IT systems on 
a  common  platform,  such  as  IT  security,  access  rights  and  business 
continuity. These risks are mitigated by an on-going focus on IT security 
through a process of continuous investment in IT facilities.

Capital Investment
The  Group  has  clearly  defined  guidelines  for  capital  expenditure.  
These  include  annual  budgets,  appraisal  and  review  procedures,  
and  levels  of  authority.  Post-investment  appraisals  are  performed  
for major investments.

Risk Assessment and Information
Operational management, in conjunction with the Executive Directors 
who report regularly to the Board, are responsible for identification and 
evaluation of significant risks applicable to their area of the business 
and the design and operation of suitable internal controls. Details of the 
principal risks associated with the Group’s activities are given in the 
Strategic Report on pages 29 to 33.

Relations with Shareholders

The  Group  places  a  great  deal  of  importance  on  communication  
with  its  shareholders.  The  Parent  Company  mails  the  full  annual  
report and financial statements to all shareholders who have elected  
to receive it. This information, together with the half yearly statements 
and other financial announcements, is also available on the Group’s 
website  and,  upon  request,  to  other  parties  who  have  an  interest  
in the Group’s performance. 

There is regular dialogue with individual institutional and other major 
shareholders  as  well  as  presentations  after  the  half  and  full  year 
results.  The  views  of  major  shareholders  are  communicated  and 
discussed at Board meetings and Non-executive Directors may request 
meetings with major shareholders should they wish to do so and vice 
versa. All shareholders have the opportunity to ask questions at the 
Parent Company’s Annual General Meeting.

This report was approved by the Board on 28 November 2017.

Financial and Accounting Principles
Financial controls and accounting policies are set by the Board so as to 
meet appropriate levels of effective financial control. Compliance with 
accounting policies is reviewed where necessary by external auditors.

ANITA STEER 
Secretary

Corporate Governance

43

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

ANNUAL STATEMENT
Introduction

are  subject  to  a  further  one-year  holding  period  following  vesting,  
save that a proportion of the shares will be permitted to be sold in order 
to satisfy any tax liability arising upon either vesting or exercise.

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present 
our report on Directors’ remuneration for 2017. 

Looking ahead to 2018

This report has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006  (“the  Act”)  and  Schedule  8  of  the  Large  and  Medium-sized 
Companies  and  Groups  (Accounts  and  Reports)  Regulations  2008  
(the “Regulations”), as amended. The report also meets the relevant 
requirements  of the  Listing  Rules  of the  Financial  Conduct  Authority 
and describes how the Board has applied the principles of the 2016  
UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  relating  to  Directors’  remuneration.  
In  accordance  with the  Act, the  Remuneration  Report  is  divided  into 
three  sections, the  Annual  Statement,  a  Remuneration  Policy  Report, 
which sets out our Directors’ remuneration policy, and an Implementation 
Report, which details the remuneration paid to the Directors during the 
financial year under review. 

Despite our previous Remuneration Policy Report having been approved 
by shareholders in 2017, we have taken note of the votes cast in relation 
to this resolution at our 2017 AGM (approved by 75% of votes cast)  
and of feedback received from some shareholders. We understand  
that a number of shareholders objected to the flexibility which our 
policy reserved to make payments beyond the scope of our policy in 
exceptional circumstances and where it was considered appropriate to 
do so. We had included this wording in 2017’s policy as a straightforward 
carry-over from our original 2014 approved remuneration policy. As a 
30 September year-end company, Treatt was one of the first companies 
to  draft  and  publish  a  Directors’  remuneration  policy  under the  new 
regime  in  Autumn  2013.  We  acknowledge  that  this  wide-ranging 
flexibility  is  no  longer  appropriate,  and  accordingly  our  revised  2018 
policy will remove this wording. At the same time, we will make a 
number of other changes to bring our revised policy more into line with 
the policies operated by other FTSE SmallCap companies; in addition  
to  technical  matters,  this  will  involve  extending  the  holding  period  
for our LTIP from one year to two years following the vesting of awards 
for  all  LTIP  grants  made  to  Executive  Directors  from  approval  of  
the  new  policy.  Accordingly,  the  Remuneration  Policy  Report  and  
the  Implementation  Report  will  be  put to  binding  and  advisory votes 
respectively at the Annual General Meeting on 26 January 2018. 

Looking back at 2017 

The Group’s results for the year to 30 September 2017 demonstrate 
continued  strong  underlying  financial  and  operational  performance  
and Treatt’s senior management, led by the Chief Executive Officer, 
Daemmon Reeve, has been critical to this exceptional performance.  
As  such,  the  Remuneration  Committee  is  very  aware  of  the  need  to 
ensure that the remuneration of our top talent, including our Executive 
Directors,  reflects  the  crucial  role  they  play  and  their  outstanding 
performance.

Accordingly,  at  the  end  of  the  2017  financial  year  the  Committee 
undertook  a  review  of  our  Executive  Directors’  remuneration,  the 
summary conclusions of which were that:

•  The current policy structure had supported the Group’s 
strategy  well.  In  particular  the  current  design  of,  and 
opportunities available under, the Group’s Annual Bonus 
and  LTIP  plans  were  appropriate  and  should  remain 
unchanged; however

• 

In  line  with  the  extra-ordinary  growth  of  both  top  line  
and  profitability  performance  over  a  sustained  period,  
the  complexity  and  size  of the  role  of  many  individuals 
throughout  the  organisation,  including  the  Executive 
Directors,  has  increased  significantly.  The  levels  of  base 
salaries paid to our Executive Directors were significantly 
below market levels, and taking account of the increased 
complexity of their roles, it would be appropriate to move 
base salaries closer to “at market” levels.

The Remuneration Committee has therefore instituted a process which 
will result in the following increases in base salaries for our Executive 
Directors:

Base salaries of  
Executive Directors

FY 2017
(Actual)

FY2018
(Actual)

FY2019
(Proposed)

Daemmon Reeve

£282,000

£305,000

£330,000

Richard Hope

£185,000

£202,000

£220,000

As detailed elsewhere in this report, the Group performed extremely 
well in 2017, with considerable growth in revenue, adjusted pre-tax profit 
and earnings per share, far exceeding the average growth rate within 
our industry, which historically rarely exceeds 2.5%. In accordance 
with the rules of the Executive Directors’ Annual Bonus Scheme, the 
Committee  assessed  that  another  record  Group  performance  in  the 
year justified a bonus payment of 100% of salary for the Executive 
Directors, being equal to the maximum bonus potential. Additionally, the 
first grant of LTIPs made to the Executive Directors in 2014 will vest in 
full  in  December  2017,  following  achievement  of  the  EPS  growth 
performance target  for  year  ending  2017  (average  annual  growth  of 
10% or more over three financial years for full vesting). These awards 

Following shareholder consultation, our proposal to move to the base 
salary levels shown above over two years allows the Remuneration 
Committee to review both the performance of the Group and that of  
the Executive Directors themselves before confirming the proposed 
increases for FY 2019.

We  recognise  that  these  salary  increases  are  above  normal  “pay-
inflation”  levels,  but  we  believe  that  when  setting  the  levels  of 
remuneration  for  the  Executive  Directors  it  is  important  to  take 
particular care to ensure that the base salaries are commensurate  
to the increased size and complexity of the tasks we require them  
to undertake:

44

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017•  Treatt has developed materially since our CEO, Daemmon 
Reeve, came into post in August 2012. In this period we 
have seen the development and implementation of a new 
strategy with its implications of new ways of working, new 
product developments, new manufacturing, new territories, 
new working practices and new risk management, as the 
Group moves up the value chain from a commodities trader 
to  becoming  a  trusted  science-led  source  of  ingredient 
solutions to some of the world’s leading FMCG, flavour and 
fragrance businesses. In this period our total shareholder 
return (TSR) has grown by almost 700%. 

•  Headcount  has  increased,  particularly  amongst  technical 
staff  in  research-led  and  customer-facing  roles  as  well  
as in the Group’s expansion into China. Specialty extraction 
capacity in the Florida plant has been increased by 500% 
and,  while  expansion  in  the  US  market  remains  a  major 
focus we are also extending our geographical footprint into 
other high growth markets in China and South-East Asia. 
The  Group’s  Kenyan  acquisition  has  been  transformed 
from loss-making to a successful and profitable subsidiary 
of the business. 

• 

In  the  UK  we  are  required  to  comply  with  COMAH 
regulations  (Control  of  Major  Accident  Hazards)  and  are 
ensuring that all necessary measures are taken to prevent 
major accidents involving dangerous substances. Likewise, 
new  health  and  safety  protocols  have  been  adopted 
organisation-wide so that health and safety is owned by all. 

•  Through all this, our sales volumes and our margins have 
been consistently driven upwards. Building is under way  
in  Florida to  increase  production  capacity to  meet  new 
demand whilst a ten-acre site has been procured and plans 
approved for new-build expansion in the UK. 

•  At  the  same  time,  we  have  been  sensitive  to  the  issue  
of  relativities  with  wider  employee  salaries.  Whilst  the 
baseline 2017/18 salary increase for all Group staff in the 
UK  and  US  is  3%,  around  30%  of  staff  have  received 
increases above 3%, reflecting the increased complexity  
of  their  roles,  as  well  as  strong  individual  and  team 
performance. Approximately 9% of staff received salary 
increases  above  8%  in  order  to  bring  them  in  line  with  
the market rate for their role and to recognise their value to 
the  business.  The  increases  to  the  base  salaries  of  the 
Executive Directors in 2018 (8.2% and 9.2% respectively) 
are therefore  in  line  with the  salary  increases  made to  
our employees who have seen a similar increase in the 
complexity  of their  roles  and  who  have  had  a  significant 
influence  on  the  extraordinary  results  achieved  over  the 
past five years.

•  Within the wider workforce, the ratio of the CEO’s salary  
to  the  average  salary  of  UK  employees  is  remaining  
broadly stable at around 10 times and likewise, the ratio  
of CEO salary to the average salary of our Group senior 
management team is 2.76 times.

Stepping back from the detail, we believe that our CEO and CFO are 
very important to the continued development of Treatt, particularly to 
the fulfilment of our on-going growth plans. Accordingly, we believe 
that the revised base salaries for our Executive Directors will have  
a materially retentive impact and that the path which we are taking  
is clearly in shareholders’ best interests. 

For completeness, the Committee also decided in the year to review the 
fees of the Chairman. The last full review of the Chairman’s fees was 
in 2014. Having considered the performance of the Chairman and the 
leadership  which  he  has  provided,  it  was  determined  to  move  the 
Chairman’s fee to £80,000 from 1 October 2017 (from £60,000). This 
fee broadly aligns to the positioning applied when setting the Executive 
Directors’ base salaries, although the Committee may review this fee 
again in coming financial years.

Whilst it is outside the remit of the Remuneration Committee, the Board 
also reviewed the Non-executive Director fees, on a consistent basis 
with the Executive Directors and Chairman, to ensure that they remain 
competitive  and  to  enable  recruitment  and  retention  of  high-calibre 
Non-executive Directors with the required skills and experience.

Engagement with our shareholders and our AGM

As  I  explained  in the  introduction to this  Annual  Statement,  at  our 
January 2018 AGM we will be seeking shareholders’ support on two 
resolutions related to remuneration matters:

• 

• 

to approve the Remuneration Policy Report; and

to approve the Implementation Report.

The Remuneration Committee consulted with the Parent Company’s  
largest shareholders and with leading representative bodies before 
proposing  the  changes  which  are  detailed  in  this  Annual  Statement  
and we are grateful for the constructive responses which we received 
during this process.

The  Committee  is  mindful  of  executive  remuneration  best  practice  
and believes that within this context the revised approach on Executive 
Directors’  salaries  and  the  updates  which  we  have  made  to  the 
Remuneration Policy will strengthen the alignment between Executive 
Directors and shareholders and help us retain (and if necessary recruit) 
the talent needed as the business continues to grow.

We are happy to receive feedback from shareholders at any time in 
relation to our remuneration policies and hope to receive your support 
for the resolutions referred to above at the forthcoming AGM. I will  
be available at the AGM to answer any questions you may have.

DAVID JOHNSTON 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

Members of the Committee are shown on page 22 and for full biographies 
of the Committee members see page 23. The terms of reference of the 
Committee can be found on the Treatt website at www.treatt.com.

Corporate Governance

45

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Operation of Remuneration Committee in FY 2017

Decisions made during the year 
In  line  with  its terms  of  reference, the  following  key  matters  were 
considered by the Committee during the year: 

•  approval of the 2016 Directors’ Remuneration Report; 

•  agreement  of the  bonuses  payable  for the  2016  financial 

year;

POLICY SECTION
Remuneration Policy Report

The Committee’s policy is to ensure that remuneration structures are 
simple, transparent and proportional to the size and complexity of the 
business whilst ensuring that Executive Directors are fairly rewarded 
for the role they undertake. The main principles of the remuneration 
policy are:

•  salaries  should  be  competitive  but  not  excessive  when 

•  grant of options to Directors under the Treatt LTIP and the 

compared to similar sized companies;

•  remuneration  packages  should  align  the  interests  of 
Directors  with  shareholders  by  using  stretching 
performance  metrics  that  provide  a  strong  link  to  the 
creation of shareholder value;

• 

there  should  be  appropriate  balance  between  fixed  and 
performance-related pay to ensure delivery of results over 
the short, medium and longer-term; 

•  performance metrics should not encourage a culture of 

excessive risk taking; 

•  Directors should invest in and retain shares in Treatt; and

•  salaries should be reasonable compared with those offered 
to others of the senior management team and the wider 
workforce.

The Committee reviews its policy annually to determine whether it 
remains effective, is aligned to the Group strategy and that it promotes 
the  long-term  success  of the  Group.  Emphasis  will  continue to  be 
placed on longer-term share-based incentives to more closely align  
the interests of Directors with shareholders and provide stretching 
longer-term targets to encourage strong performance.

The current intention is that the framework of this remuneration policy 
will apply for future years from the date of the 2018 AGM. 

setting of performance conditions;

•  grant of options to senior management and key employees 

and the setting of performance conditions;

•  appointment  of  FIT  Remuneration  Consultants  and 
determination of the scope of their appointment and advice 
required;

•  review of the remuneration policy and the remuneration 
arrangements for the Executive Directors and Chairman; 

•  review  of  salary  levels  for  the  Executive  Directors  and 
agreement of salary increases for the 2018 financial year; 
and

•  consideration of the award of free and matching shares  
to  UK  employees  under  the  Share  Incentive  Plan  and 
equivalent awards of restricted stock units to US employees 
under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

External Advisors
In the latter stages of the year, the Committee decided to engage the 
services of remuneration consultants. This is the first time in Treatt’s 
history that remuneration consultants have been engaged but as Treatt 
continues  to  grow  it  is  essential  to  ensure  that  the  Remuneration 
Committee receives appropriate advice. 

Following  a  selection  process  undertaken  by  the  Chairman  of  the 
Committee,  which  considered  a  variety  of  aspects,  including  the 
experience  of  the  consultants  and  the  cost  of  their  services,  FIT 
Remuneration Consultants were appointed. They are a founder member 
of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and adhere to its Code of 
Conduct  and  do  not  provide  any  other  services  to  Treatt.  FIT 
Remuneration Consultants LLP were paid fees totalling £15,000 during 
the year for the provision of advice to the Committee on the remuneration 
packages of Executive Directors, including consideration of the wider 
impacts of any revisions on internal dynamics and views on shareholder 
perspectives, and a review of the Chairman and Non-executive Director 
fees.  The  consultant’s  fees  were  charged  on  a  fixed  fee  basis.  
The Committee has reflected on the quality of the advice provided and 
whether  it  properly  addressed  the  issues  under  consideration  and  
is  satisfied  that  the  advice  received  during  the  year  was  objective  
and independent.

46

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Executive Directors’ remuneration

The table below sets out a summary of each element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration, how it operates, the maximum opportunity available, 
applicable performance metrics and changes to remuneration for the 2018 financial year:

ELEMENT: BASE SALARY

Purpose and link to strategy

Help recruit and retain high-calibre Executive Directors

To provide a competitive salary relative to the size of the Group

Reflects individual experience and the role

Operation

Reviewed annually by the Committee with changes taking effect from 1 October unless a change in responsibility 
requires an interim review

Influenced by complexity of the role, personal performance and by the increase in salaries of other Group employees 

Benchmarked against companies of similar size and complexity at appropriate intervals

Maximum Opportunity

Any basic salary increases are applied in line with the outcome of annual reviews

Annual increases should not normally exceed the average salary increase of employees within the Group. Exceptions 
can be made when a review is required by a change in role or responsibility, or where there is a significant change in 
the role and/or size, value or complexity of the Group which has resulted in material market misalignment

Performance Metrics

Not applicable

Changes for 2018  
financial year

No changes have been made to the salary review process or to the over-arching policy

As set out above, the base salaries of the Executive Directors have been reviewed in light of the increased size and 
complexity of the roles and the outstanding performance of the business 

The base salary for Daemmon Reeve, CEO is £305,000 (2017: £282,000; an 8.2% increase)

The base salary for Richard Hope, CFO is £202,000 (2017: £185,000; a 9.2% increase)

ELEMENT: BENEFITS

Purpose and link to strategy

Help recruit and retain high-calibre Executive Directors

Operation

Entitlement to the following benefits on the same terms as employees in the country in which the Director is resident:

Private Healthcare – except that Daemmon Reeve also receives Family Cover; Life Assurance; Permanent Health 
Insurance; Car Allowance; All-employee share schemes

Life Assurance for UK tax resident Directors will be provided by means of a Lifetime Plus Policy

Any new benefits introduced to staff generally shall be provided to Directors on equal or comparable terms

Maximum Opportunity

Except as otherwise stated these are on the same terms as the benefits received by other employees in the country 
in which the Director is resident

Performance Metrics

Not applicable

Changes for 2018 financial year

Re-introduction of a market-level car allowance 

ELEMENT: PENSION

Purpose and link to strategy

Help recruit and retain high-calibre Executive Directors and to provide a competitive package 

Operation

Entitlement to receive employer contributions into a defined contribution pension scheme on the same terms as 
employees in the country in which the Director is resident

Maximum Opportunity

UK employees 9% base salary contribution or 15% where previously a member of the defined benefit pension 
scheme (no personal contribution required in either case)

Performance Metrics

Not applicable

Changes for 2018 financial year

No material changes

Corporate Governance

47

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

ELEMENT: ANNUAL BONUS – SEE NOTES 

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides an element of at risk pay, which incentivises the achievement of good annual financial results 
Aligns Directors’ interests with shareholders 

Operation

The rules of the Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme and the performance targets are reviewed annually

Annual bonuses are calculated by reference to the achievement of performance targets for the financial year and 
each Director is entitled to a percentage of salary based upon this calculation, subject to the maximum opportunity

Bonuses are subject to determination by the Committee in accordance with scheme rules after year end and are paid 
in cash in December 

Maximum Opportunity

100% of salary per annum

Performance Metrics

Bonuses are based on the growth in adjusted Group profit before tax compared to the prior financial year, which 
aligns with all employee bonus schemes across the Group

Bonus payments are based against financial performance on a sliding scale. No bonus is payable unless a minimum 
level of financial performance is achieved

Different performance measures and/or weightings may be used for the annual bonus in future years to help drive 
the strategy of the business during the period of this policy, although the Remuneration Committee would expect to 
consult with leading shareholders before making material changes to the current performance measures applied

The Committee has discretion to reduce bonuses where circumstances have created a sufficiently significant impact 
on the reputation of the Group to justify, in the view of the Committee, the operation of this discretion

Changes for 2018 financial year

No material changes

ELEMENT: LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN – SEE NOTES

Purpose and link to strategy

Incentivises Directors to achieve returns for shareholders over a longer time frame
Aligns Directors’ interests with shareholders 

Operation

The Committee will consider awards of shares under the LTIP annually and will review the quantum of awards to 
ensure that they are in line with market rates

Awards will be made at nil cost, with vesting, dependent on the achievement of performance conditions over a period 
determined by the Committee, which shall be a minimum of three years

Awards will be subject to a two-year holding period following vesting, net of any tax liability arising on either vesting or exercise

The Committee may also exercise the specific discretions contained within the rules of the scheme, as approved by 
shareholders

Maximum Opportunity

100% of salary per annum based on market value of shares at date of grant

Performance Metrics

The vesting of the awards will normally be based on growth in adjusted basic EPS exceeding a minimum level during 
the period from date of grant to date of vesting 

Targets are set by the Committee for each award on a sliding scale basis. No more than 25% of awards will vest for 
threshold performance, with full vesting taking place for equalling or exceeding maximum performance conditions

Different performance measures and/or weightings may be used for future LTIP awards to help drive the strategy 
of the business during the period of this policy, although the Remuneration Committee would expect to consult with 
leading shareholders before making material changes to the current performance measures applied
Awards lapse if performance criteria are not met at the end of the three-year performance period

Changes for 2018 financial year

Increase in the holding period to two years

48

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017ELEMENT: SHARE RETENTION POLICY

Purpose and link to strategy

Aligns Directors’ interests with shareholders 

Operation

Holding requirements:
CEO – 200% of basic salary
CFO – 150% of basic salary
Directors are required to retain shares acquired under share-based incentive awards until the holding requirements 
are met, save that they are permitted to sell sufficient shares to pay any exercise price and all applicable taxes due in 
respect of that award

Maximum Opportunity

Not applicable

Performance Metrics

Not applicable

Changes for 2018 financial year

No material changes

ELEMENT: RECRUITMENT OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Purpose and link to strategy

Enable recruitment of high-calibre Executive Directors able to contribute to the success of the Group 

Operation

Salary will be set to reflect skills and experience of incoming Director and market rate for the role to be undertaken
Existing benefits and incentives of the Group to be used with participation on the same basis as existing Directors
Payment of relocation expenses where relevant; each element will be detailed in the relevant remuneration report
In the event of an internal promotion any commitments made prior to promotion may continue to be honoured when 
they would otherwise be inconsistent with this policy 
Discretion may be exercised in exceptional circumstances and existing entitlements with a current employer, such 
as bonus and share schemes, may be bought out on a like-for-like basis and subject to comparable performance 
conditions and time vesting requirements where appropriate. Exceptionally, where necessary, this may include 
making a guaranteed bonus payment in the year of joining

Maximum Opportunity

Buy-out awards are subject to the maximum value of any outstanding awards forgone by the recruit

Performance Metrics

Based on existing Treatt performance conditions when appropriate

Changes for 2018 financial year

No material changes

ELEMENT: CLAWBACK

Purpose and link to strategy

To ensure Executive Directors do not benefit from errors or misconduct 

Operation

Provisions are included in performance-related remuneration to enable clawback of remuneration which has been 
overpaid due to material misstatement of the Group’s accounts, errors made in calculation or a Director’s misconduct

Maximum Opportunity

Not applicable

Performance Metrics

Not applicable

Changes for 2018 financial year

No material changes

Notes: 
1    The Committee considers that the forward-looking targets for the annual bonus are commercially sensitive and has, therefore, chosen not to disclose them in advance. Details  
of the targets will be set out retrospectively in next year’s Remuneration Report. However, the Committee considers that the level of performance required for the annual bonus  
is appropriately stretching. 

   The bonuses of staff and senior management are restricted to a maximum of between 12% and 60% of base salary depending on seniority, role and market conditions.

2    Performance targets for LTIP awards are set by the Committee at the date of grant of the options to ensure that they are appropriately stretching. The Committee considers adjusted basic 

EPS to be a complete and appropriate measure of performance, capturing revenue growth and operating margin. EPS targets are aligned with the Board’s strategy. 

3    Subject to the achievement of the applicable performance conditions, Executive Directors are eligible to receive payment from any award made prior to the approval and implementation 

of the Directors’ remuneration policy detailed in this report.

4    For both annual bonus and LTIP, while performance conditions will generally remain unchanged once set, the Remuneration Committee has the ability to amend the measures, weightings 

and targets in exceptional circumstances (such as a major transaction) where the original conditions would cease to operate as intended. 

5   The Committee retains discretion, consistent with market practice in regard to the operation and administration of the annual bonus and LTIP, including:

• the timing and size of awards (within the overall limits of this policy); 
• the determination of performance measures and targets and resultant vesting; 
• when dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing performance conditions) or restructuring of the Group; 
• determination of a good/bad leaver based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate treatment chosen; and 
• adjustments in certain circumstances, such as rights issues, corporate restructuring events and special dividends.

Corporate Governance

49

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

ELEMENT: FEES

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

To recruit high-calibre Non-executive Directors
To reward additional responsibility by virtue of position as Chairman of the Board or Chairman of a Committee

Excluding the Chairman, subject to an aggregate limit within the Articles of Association, which was last approved  
at £225,000 by shareholders at the AGM in February 2014
Reviewed annually for each Non-executive Director with changes taking effect from 1 October 
The Chairman’s fees are reviewed by the Committee and the other Non-executives’ fees are reviewed by the Board 
(excluding the Non-executives) 
Influenced by the increase in salaries of other Group employees and by personal performance
Benchmarked against companies of similar size and complexity at appropriate intervals
Additional fees may be paid in respect of increased responsibility or time commitment required by the role  
or in respect of invoiced consultancy fees, where relevant

Maximum Opportunity

Any fee increases are applied in line with the outcome of annual reviews 

Changes for 2018 financial year

As set out above the fees of the Chairman and Non-executive Directors have been reviewed in light of the 
outstanding performance of the business 
The fee for Tim Jones, Chairman is £80,000 (2017: £60,000)
The base fee for Non-executive Directors is £40,000 (2017: £33,000) 
Audit Committee Chair fee £7,500 (2017: c £4,000)
Remuneration Committee Chair fee £5,000 (2017: c £2,000)
Senior Independent Director £2,500 (2017: £Nil)

Illustration of remuneration policy

The graphs below provide estimates of the potential future reward 
for each of the Executive Directors based on their current roles, the 
remuneration policy outlined on pages 46 to 51 and base salaries as  
at 1 October 2017. 

The assumptions used in preparing this chart are as follows:

•  minimum –  basic salary, pension or cash in lieu of pension  
and benefits, no bonus and no vesting of the  
LTIP;

•  on target –  basic salary, pension or cash in lieu of pension,  

benefits, and:  
– a bonus of 50% and an LTIP of 100% of basic  
salary (with notional vesting at 50%); and

)
0
0
0
£
(

’

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Remuneration Policy Illustration

309

305

305

157

153

287
305

305

206

202

105

101

202

202

202

Minimum

On target

Maximum

Minimum

On target

Maximum

•  maximum –  basic salary, pension or cash in lieu of pension,  

Chief Executive Officer – Daemmon Reeve

Chief Financial Officer – Richard Hope

benefits, and:  
– a bonus of 100% and an LTIP of 100% of  
basic salary (with notional vesting at 100%).

 Salary 

 Benefits 

 Pension 

 Bonus 

 Share Options

Comparison of Directors’ remuneration policy  
with arrangements for employees

This policy sets out the remuneration structure applicable to Directors 
of  the  Group.  Salary  levels  and  incentive  arrangements  applicable  
to  other  Group  employees  are  determined  by  reference  to  local 
employment conditions for comparative roles. 

Budgeted  salary  increases  for  Group  employees  are  taken  into 
consideration when determining increases for the Executive Directors.

50

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees are provided with a competitive benefits package including 
healthcare,  life  assurance  and  pension.  Consistent  with  Directors, 
employees are eligible to participate in an annual bonus scheme with 
conditions linked to the performance of their operating subsidiary and 
the Group overall. Employee share ownership is encouraged across the 
Group  and  participation,  particularly  in  the  UK,  is  strong.  The  Share 
Incentive  Plan  is  designed  to  further  encourage  employee  share 
ownership. Eligible employees, including Executive Directors, are able 
to  participate  in  the  all-employee  share  schemes  on  equal  terms. 
Executive Directors and key employees with the greatest potential to 
influence achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives are provided 
with  share  options  or  long-term  incentives  designed to  encourage 
strong Group performance. 

The Group does not consult with employees in respect of the Executive 
Directors  remuneration  policy.  However,  the  Committee  receives 
regular  updates  on  salary  and  bonus  levels  across the  Group  and  is 
aware of how the remuneration of Directors compares to employees. 

In  a  departure  from  provision  D2.2  of  the  2016  UK  Corporate 
Governance  Code, the  remuneration  of  Group  senior  management  is 
determined by the Executive Directors since the Board believes that the 
Executive  Directors  are  best  placed to  make this  decision.  However, 
remuneration  proposals  in  respect  of  senior  managers  are  reviewed 
and  monitored  by  the  Committee  to  ensure  consistency  and 
proportionality. The bonuses of all senior managers in the Group are 
approved by the Committee.

Directors’ Contracts

Executive Directors
The  Committee  reviews the  contractual terms  of  new  and  existing 
Executive Directors to ensure that they reflect best practice and are 
designed  to  attract  and  retain  suitable  candidates.  The  Committee 
considers that a rolling contract terminable on 12 months’ notice by 
either party is appropriate. 

Summary of Directors’ service contracts as at 30 September 2017:

Date of contract

Daemmon Reeve

6 April 2016

Richard Hope

1 October 2013

Notice period

12 months

12 months

Summary of the key elements of Directors’ service contracts:

Provision

Summary

Notice period

12 months by either party

Termination payment

Salary

Benefits

Daemmon Reeve – No provision for 
payment in lieu of notice

Richard Hope – No provision for payment  
in lieu of notice

Reviewed annually with effect from  
1 October each year

Private healthcare, life assurance, 
permanent health insurance, pension

Participation in discretionary incentive 
arrangements determined by the Committee

The  Directors’  contracts  are  available  for  inspection  at  the  Parent 
Company’s registered office during normal business hours.

Future contracts are to provide for remuneration obligations comparable 
to those set out above taking into consideration role and responsibility. 

Non-executive Directors
All  Non-executive  Directors  are  subject  to  the  same  terms  and 
conditions of appointment which provide for the payment of fees for 
their services in connection with Board and Board Committee meetings. 
In their Non-executive capacities they do not qualify for participation  
in any of the Group’s bonus, share option or other incentive schemes, 
and they are not eligible for pension scheme membership. 

The terms and conditions of the appointment of Non-executive Directors 
are available for inspection at the Parent Company’s registered office 
during normal business hours.

Payments for loss of office

In accordance with the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code, notice 
periods shall not exceed a maximum of twelve months.

In  normal  circumstances  it  is  expected  that  termination  payments  
for Executive Directors should not exceed current salary and benefits 
for the notice period. When determining termination payments in the 
event  of  early  termination,  the  Committee  will  take  into  account  a 
variety  of  factors  including  length  of  service,  personal  and  Group 
performance,  the  Director’s  obligation  to  mitigate  his  loss,  statutory 
compensation to which a Director may be entitled and legal fees and 
other payments which may be payable under a settlement agreement. 

A Director who has been given notice by the Group for any reason 
other than on the grounds of injury, disability, redundancy or change of 
control shall only be eligible to a payment under the bonus scheme  
at the discretion of the Committee, which will take into account the 
circumstances leading to the notice.

Directors  have  no  entitlement  to  performance-related  share-based 
incentives, the unvested portion of which will generally lapse following 
termination of employment. However, in certain circumstances, such 
as injury, disability or redundancy, share options, which shall be pro-
rated  by  reference  to  the  proportion  of  the  performance  period 
completed  and  subject to  performance  conditions,  may  be  exercised 
within six months of termination. Where termination is for any other 
reason, share options may only be exercised at the discretion of, and to 
the extent permitted by the Committee, acting fairly and reasonably.

External Appointments

Whilst  neither  of  the  Executive  Directors  currently  serve  as  Non-
executive Directors on the boards of other companies, it is recognised 
that such appointments would provide an opportunity to gain broader 
experience  outside  of  Treatt  which  would  benefit  the  Group.  In  the 
event that the Directors are offered such positions and providing that 
they are not likely to lead to a conflict of interest or significant constraints 
on time, Executive Directors may, with the prior approval of the Board, 
accept Non-executive appointments and retain the fees received.

Shareholder Views

The  Remuneration  Committee  engaged  pro-actively  with the  Group’s 
major  shareholders  in  respect  of the  Committee’s  first  remuneration 
policy in 2013 and changes to the Executive Directors’ base salaries in 
2017, as set out above. The views of these shareholders were taken 
into consideration in adopting the share retention policy, clawback and 
the two-year holding period for LTIPs. The Committee will also consult 
with major shareholders prior to any further material changes to the 
remuneration policy, which might be necessary in the future.

This  Remuneration  Policy,  if  approved  at the  2018  Annual  General 
Meeting, shall be effective immediately and remain effective until it is 
next required to be approved by shareholders.

Corporate Governance

51

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

IMPLEMENTATION REPORT 
The following section of this report provides details of the implementation of the policy for the year ended 30 September 2017.

Directors’ Remuneration (audited)

The tables below report a single figure for total remuneration for each individual Executive and Non-executive Director respectively. 

2016 
£’000

182

–

160

16

14

372

2016 
£’000

61

33

37

11

36

12

190

Executive Directors:

Salary

Taxable benefits (Note 1)

Annual bonus (Note 2)

Share options vesting in the financial year

Pension (Note 3)

Daemmon Reeve*

Richard Hope

2017 
£’000

282

1

282

–

38

603

2016 
£’000

287

–

252

–

41

580

2017 
£’000

185

–

185

8

15

393

*Daemmon Reeve transferred to the UK with effect from 6 April 2016. Consequently, the reduction in Mr. Reeve’s base salary in 2017 was a consequence  
of the effect of a different USD/GBP exchange rate being used to convert his US salary to GBP, than that which actually occurred.

Non-executive Directors:

Tim Jones

Anita Haines

Jeff Iliffe

Richard Illek (*from 1 June 2016)

David Johnston

Ian Neil (*until 29 January 2016)

Fees

2017 
£’000

62

33

39

33

37

–

204

Note 1: Taxable benefits provided to Executive Directors only relate to private medical insurance. 

Note 2: Details relating to the annual bonus are as follows: The annual bonus for Executive Directors is calculated based on the annual growth in profit before tax, adjusted 
for exceptional and other items at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The annual bonus is capped at a maximum of 100% of annual basic salary. The annual 
bonus, as a percentage of the maximum achievable, was as follows:

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope

2017

100%

100%

2016

88%

88%

The proportion of fixed and variable pay, exclusive of pension, benefits and share options, is shown below for the Executive Directors:

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope

Note 3: Pension contributions relate to pay in lieu of pension after deduction of employers’ NI.

Basic Salary

Annual Bonus

2017

50%

50%

2016

53%

53%

2017

50%

50%

2016

47%

47%

52

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Performance Graph

This performance graph shows Treatt plc’s performance, measured  
by total shareholder return, compared with that of the FTSE All Share 
Index,  which  has  been  selected  by  the  Board  as  being  the  most 
appropriate measure against which to benchmark its performance. 

Total shareholder return 2012-2017

2
1
/
9
/
0
3
m
o
r
f
n
r
u
t
e
r

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
%

700.00

600.00

500.00

400.00

300.00

200.00

100.00

0.00

Sep 12

Sep 13

Sep 14

Sep 15

Sep 16

Sep 17

 Treatt plc 

 FTSE All Share

CEO Remuneration

The following table provides historical data on remuneration in respect of the Director(s) performing the role of Chief Executive Officer for each  
of the years covered by the performance graph:

Total remuneration (£'000)

Annual bonus as % of maximum

Share options vesting as % of maximum

2017

603

100%

N/A2

2016

580

88%

N/A2

2015

470

92%

2014

436

95%

2013

405

85%

100%1

100%1

100%1

1  All share options vested in full as they were all-employee share options which were not subject to performance conditions.

2 There were no options which vested during the year.

The percentage change in remuneration for 2017 of the Director undertaking the role of CEO, compared to employees as a whole was as follows:

CEO

Employees1

Salaries2

-1.7%3

3.9%

Bonus2

11.9%

52.0%

1  The employees used for comparison are those UK and US employees who, for the salary comparison, were employed for the whole of the 2017 financial year, and for 
bonuses, for the whole of both the 2016 and 2017 financial years. 

2 The changes in salaries and bonuses have been calculated on a constant currency basis for USD payments, using the average exchange rate for 2017.

3 As explained above, the reduction of the CEO salary resulted from his transfer from the US to the UK and relates to the foreign exchange impact on his base salary.

Relative importance of spend on pay

Wages and salaries are the most significant overhead cost in the Group. The following table sets out, in a manner prescribed by the regulations, the 
relative importance of employee remuneration, as compared to distributions to shareholders and other significant uses of profit, the most significant 
of which, taxation, has therefore been selected:

Total remuneration1

Dividends2

Current tax3

1 Total remuneration includes wages, salaries and pension costs as disclosed in note 6.

2 Dividends paid in the financial year as disclosed in note 10.

3 Current tax charge in respect of the financial year as disclosed in note 9.

2017 
£’000

13,131

3,025

3,444

2016 
£’000

11,635

2,095

2,354

Movement

+13%

+44%

+46%

Corporate Governance

53

 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Directors’ Interests (audited)

The Directors who held office at 30 September 2017 had the following interests in the shares of the Parent Company:

Executive Directors

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope

Non-executive Directors

Tim Jones

Anita Haines

Richard Illek

Shares held outright or vested

Unvested share options with 
performance conditions 

Unvested all-employee  
share options

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

163,080

211,226

120,751

50,680

55,000

159,001

199,520

120,751

50,680

–

565,346

307,470

460,992

245,868

13,043

14,719

13,043

13,238

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Between 1 October 2017 and 23 November 2017, the latest date practicable to obtain the information prior to publication of this document, there 
were no changes in the Directors’ interests.

The table below shows the value of Executive Directors’ interests in shares as at 30 September 2017 as a percentage of their base salary:

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope

Value of shares held  
outright or vested

2017
£’000

 752 

 974 

2016
£’000

334

419

Base salary1

2016
£’000

287

182

2017
£’000

282

185

Value of Interest as  
% of base salary

Target % of 
base salary

2017
%

267%

526%

2016
%

116%

230%

200%

150%

1 Base salary is the average basic gross pay for the corresponding year. 

Share Option Schemes (audited)

The following share options were granted to Executive Directors during the financial year:

Scheme

Basis

Date of Grant

Daemmon Reeve

LTIP 20161

Executive

12 Dec 16

Richard Hope

SAYE 20172
LTIP 20161

All-staff
Executive

19 Jul 17
12 Dec 16

1 Executive LTIPs are granted at Nil cost, subject to performance conditions.

Share Price at 
date of grant

Face Value
£’000

£2.70

£4.76
£2.70

282

7
185

Min  
Performance 
Award

30%

N/A
30%

Performance 
End date

30/9/19

N/A
30/9/19

2  SAYE (Save As You Earn) share options are offered to UK employees (subject to tax exempt limits) at a discount of 20% of the average share price for the three days 

preceding the date of grant and are exercisable after three years.

The performance conditions for Executive LTIP options are as follows:

Average annual growth in adjusted basic earnings per share for the three financial years ending on the performance end date shown above.  
The options shall vest on a linear sliding scale: 30% where average annual growth equals or exceeds 3%, increasing to 100% where average annual 
growth equals or exceeds 10%. If the average annual growth in adjusted EPS is less than 3%, the options will lapse.

The share options of the Directors in office during the year are as set out below:

54

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Daemmon Reeve

Sep 2019 – Feb 2020

Exercise
Dates

Richard Hope

Dec 2017 – Dec 2022

Dec 2018 – Dec 2023

Dec 2017 – Mar 2018

Dec 2018 – Dec 2025

Dec 2019 – Dec 2026

Sep 2017 – Feb 2018

Sep 2018 – Feb 2019

Sep 2019 – Feb 2020

Sep 2020 – Feb 2021

Dec 2016 – Dec 2023

Dec 2017 – Dec 2024

Dec 2018 – Dec 2025

Dec 2019 – Dec 2026

Exercise
Price

138.0p

79.0p

147.2p

Nil

Nil

Nil

138.0p

132.0p

138.0p

413.0p

147.2p

Nil

Nil

Nil

At 
1 Oct
2016

13,043

78,195

41,575

165,182 

176,040

–

474,035

4,434

4,500

4,304

–

6,790

128,400

110,678

–

259,106

Granted 
During the 
Year

Exercised
During the 
Year

Expired
During the
Year

–

–

–

–

–

104,354

104,354

–

–

1,481

–

–

–

68,392

69,873

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(6,790)

–

–

–

(6,790)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

At 
30 Sep
2017

13,043

78,195

41,575

165,182

176,040

104,354

578,389

4,434

4,500

4,304

1,481

–

128,400

110,678

68,392

322,189

The aggregate amount of gains made by the Directors on the exercise of share options in the year was £8,000 (2016: £16,000).

There have been no further changes in the interests of the Directors to subscribe for or acquire shares between 1 October 2017 and 23 November 
2017, the latest date practicable to obtain the information prior to publication of this document.

The market price of the shares at 30 September 2017 was £4.61 and the range during the financial year was £2.14 to £5.23. All market price figures 
are derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange.

Pensions (audited)

Statement of voting

The Chief Executive Officer is a deferred member of the R C Treatt  
& Co Limited Pension & Assurance Scheme following its closure to 
future accruals on 31 December 2012. The plan was a non-contributory, 
H  M  Revenue  &  Customs  approved,  defined  benefit  occupational 
pension scheme. 

At the Annual General Meeting held on 27 January 2017, the votes cast 
in respect of the resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report, were as follows:

For: 89.46%  Against: 10.54%  Votes withheld: 67,221

The pension entitlement is as follows:

Audit notes 

In accordance with Section 421 of the Companies Act 2006 and the 
Regulations, where indicated, certain information contained within the 
Implementation Section of this report has been audited. The remaining 
sections are not subject to audit.

This  report  was  approved  by  the  Board  and  signed  on  its  behalf  
on 28 November 2017.

ANITA STEER 
Secretary

Normal Retirement Date

Accrued Total Pension at

2017 
£

2016 
£

Daemmon Reeve

24 Sep 2036

13,339

20,988

The transfer values  have  been  calculated  on the  basis  of  actuarial 
advice  in  accordance  with  Statutory  Instrument  2013  No  1981  –  
The Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. Further details of the scheme 
are included in note 26.

In addition, contributions to defined money purchase pension plans 
were made as follows:

Daemmon Reeve

Richard Hope

2017 
£’000

38

15

2016 
£’000

41

14

Pension contributions include pay in lieu of pension after deduction  
of employers’ NI in order to be cost neutral to the Group.

Corporate Governance

55

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT  
TO THE MEMBERS OF TREATT PLC

We have audited the financial statements of Treatt plc (the ‘Parent 
Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 30 
September 2017 which comprise the Group Income Statement, Group 
Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income,  Group  and  Parent  Company 
Statements of Changes in Equity, Group and Parent Company Balance 
Sheets, Group and Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows, Group 
Reconciliation of Net Cash Flow to Movement in Net Debt and Notes to 
the Financial Statements, including a summary of significant accounting 
policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. 

In our opinion the financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of 
the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 September 2017 and 
of the Group’s profit for the year then ended; 

the  Group  financial  statements  have  been  properly 
prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the 
European Union;

the  Parent  Company  financial  statements  have  been 
properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRSs  as  adopted  
by the European Union and as applied in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006; and

• 

• 

• 

Conclusions relating to principal risks,  
going concern and viability statement 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following information in the 
annual report, in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report  
to you whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to: 

• 

• 

• 

the  disclosures  in  the  Annual  Report  set  out  on  pages  
29 to 33 that describe the principal risks and explain how 
they are being managed or mitigated; 

the Directors’ confirmation set out on page 30 in the Annual 
Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the Group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity; 

the Directors’ statement set out on page 24 in the financial 
statements  about  whether  the  Directors  considered  it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in  preparing  the  financial  statements  and  the  Directors’ 
identification  of  any  material  uncertainties to the  Group  
and  the  Parent  Company’s  ability  to  continue  to  do  so 
over  a  period  of  at  least  twelve  months  from  the  date  
of approval of the financial statements; 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  and,  
as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation.

•  whether the Directors’ statement relating to going concern 
required  under  the  Listing  Rules  in  accordance  with 
Listing  Rule  9.8.6R(3)  is  materially  inconsistent  with  our 
knowledge obtained in the audit; or 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards  
on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under  those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our 
report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in  the  UK,  including  the  FRC’s  Ethical  Standard  as  applied  to  listed 
public  interest  entities,  and  we  have  fulfilled  our  other  ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that 
the  audit  evidence  we  have  obtained  is  sufficient  and  appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. 

• 

the Directors’ explanation set out on page 24 in the Annual 
Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the 
Group, over what period they have done so and why they 
consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement 
as  to  whether  they  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its  liabilities  as  they  fall  due  over  the  period  of  their 
assessment,  including  any  related  disclosures  drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

56

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, 
were  of  most  significance  in  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements  
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks  
of  material  misstatement  (whether  or  not  due  to  fraud)  that  we 
identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as  
a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide  
a separate opinion on these matters.

• 

Inventory provisions – we reconfirmed our understanding 
of  the  basis  for  determining  provisions  against  obsolete, 
slow  moving  and  defective  inventory  and  against  items 
where  expected  net  realisable  value  is  lower  than  cost. 
We considered the controls over this process, and whether 
these continued to be appropriate and consistently applied. 
We tested a sample of inventory provisions, considered their 
appropriateness and reviewed post year end transactions 
to  assess  whether  these  confirmed  the  provisions  made 
and their completeness. We also reviewed the outcome of 
prior year provisions. 

Our application of materiality

When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds 
which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
procedures  and  to  evaluate  the  effects  of  misstatements,  both 
individually and on the financial statements as a whole. During planning 
we  determined  a  magnitude  of  uncorrected  misstatements  that  we 
judge would be material for the financial statements as a whole (FSM). 
During  planning  FSM  was  calculated  as  £675,000,  which  was  not 
changed during the course of our audit.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all 
unadjusted differences in excess of £30,000, as well as differences 
below  those  thresholds  that,  in  our  view,  warranted  reporting  on 
qualitative grounds.

An overview of the scope of our audit 

Our Group audit approach focused on the Parent Company and the 
three key trading subsidiaries, two in the UK and one in the US. The UK 
entities are subject to local statutory audit completed to the Group 
reporting  timetable.  The  US  entity  is  not  subject  to  local  statutory  
audit and has been subject to full scope audit to Group materiality.  
The  US  entity  audit  was  undertaken  by  the  same  team  as  the  UK 
statutory audits.

These  audits  covered  99%  of  Group  revenue,  99%  of  Group  profit 
before tax, and 97% of Group total assets. 

Other information

The other information comprises the information included in the Annual 
Report other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information.

Our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

In  connection  with  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements,  our 
responsibility  is  to  read  the  other  information  and,  in  doing  so,  
consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit  
or  otherwise  appears to  be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify  such 
material  inconsistencies  or  apparent  material  misstatements,  we  are 
required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the 
financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information.

If,  based  on the  work  we  have  performed,  we  conclude that there  
is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to 
report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

In  this  context,  we  also  have  nothing  to  report  in  regard  to  our 
responsibility to specifically address the following items in the other 
information  and  to  report  as  uncorrected  material  misstatements  
of the other information where we conclude that those items meet  
the following conditions:

•  Fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 38 –  
the statement given by the Directors that they consider 
the  annual  report  and  financial  statements  taken  as  
a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the  information  necessary  for  shareholders  to  assess  
the  Group’s  performance,  business  model  and  strategy,  
is  materially  inconsistent  with  our  knowledge  obtained  
in the audit; or 

•  Audit Committee reporting set out on pages 40 to 42 –  
the  section  describing the  work  of the  audit  committee 
does  not  appropriately  address  matters  communicated  
by us to the Audit Committee; or 

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code set out on page 38 – the parts of the 
Directors’  statement  required  under  the  Listing  Rules 
relating to the Group’s compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code containing provisions specified for review 
by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2)  
do  not  properly  disclose  a  departure  from  a  relevant 
provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

Opinions on other matters prescribed  
by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 
audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

• 

the  information  given  in  the  Strategic  Report  and  the 
Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the Group 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and 

• 

the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been 
prepared in accordance with applicable requirements. 

57

Financial StatementsINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF TREATT plc (CONTINUED)

As part of our audit, we will consider the susceptibility of the Group  
and Parent Company to fraud and other irregularities, taking account of 
the business and control environment established and maintained by 
the Directors, as well as the nature of transactions, assets and liabilities 
recorded in the accounting records. Owing to the inherent limitations of 
an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that some material misstatements 
of the financial statements may not be detected, even though the audit 
is  properly  planned  and  performed  in  accordance  with  the  ISAs. 
However, the principal responsibility for ensuring that the financial 
statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by 
fraud or error, rests with management who should not rely on the audit 
to discharge those functions.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of 
our auditor’s report.

Other matters which we are required to address 

Following  the  recommendation  of  the  Audit  Committee,  we  were 
appointed  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Parent  Company  in  
February 1988 to audit the financial statements for the year ending  
30 September 1988 and subsequent financial periods. The period of 
total uninterrupted engagement including legacy firms is 30 years, 
covering the years ending 30 September 1988 to 30 September 2017. 

The  non-audit  services  prohibited  by  the  FRC’s  Ethical  Standard  
were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company and we remain 
independent  of  the  Group  and  the  Parent  Company  in  conducting  
our audit. 

Our  audit  opinion  is  consistent  with  the  additional  report  to  the  
audit committee. 

This  report  is  made  solely  to  the  Parent  Company’s  members,  
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state 
to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the 
fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s 
members  as  a  body,  for  our  audit  work,  for  this  report,  or  for  the 
opinions we have formed. 

NEIL STEPHENSON 
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
For and on behalf of RSM UK AUDIT LLP, 
Statutory Auditor

Chartered Accountants 
Abbotsgate House 
Hollow Road 
Bury St. Edmunds 
Suffolk IP32 7FA

28 November 2017

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the 
Parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified material misstatements in: 

• 

• 

the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report; or 

the information about internal control and risk management 
systems in relation to financial reporting processes and 
about share capital structures, given in compliance with 
rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 of the FCA Rules. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation 
to  which the  Companies  Act  2006  requires  us to  report to  you  if,  
in our opinion: 

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or 

• 

the Parent Company financial statements and the part of 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made; or 

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit. 

Responsibilities of directors 

As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set 
out on page 26, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and  
fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible  
for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company  
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit  
of the financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but  is  not  a  guarantee that  an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered 
material  if,  individually  or  in the  aggregate, they  could  reasonably  be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements. 

58

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017GROUP INCOME STATEMENT
for the year ended 30 September 2017

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses 

Operating profit 1 

Net finance costs 

Profit before taxation and exceptional items 

Exceptional items 

Profit before taxation 

Taxation 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company 

Earnings per share

Basic 
Diluted 
Adjusted basic 2 
Adjusted diluted 2 

Notes 

4 

5 

7 

8 

9 

11 
11 
11 
11 

2017 
£’000 

109,627 

(82,819) 

26,808 

(13,003) 

13,805 

(913) 

12,892 

— 

12,892 

(3,347) 

9,545 

18.29p 
17.72p 
18.29p 
17.72p 

1 Operating profit is calculated as profit before net finance costs, exceptional items and taxation. 
2 All adjusted measures exclude exceptional items, and in the case of earnings per share the related tax effect, details of which are given in note 8.

All amounts relate to continuing operations.

Notes 1 to 30 form part of these financial statements.

2016
£’000

88,040

(67,639)

20,401

(10,852)

9,549

(703)

8,846

(553)

8,293

(2,144)

6,149

11.85p
11.68p
12.84p
12.65p

59

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 30 September 2017

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company 

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:   
Currency translation differences on foreign currency net investments 
Current tax on foreign currency translation differences 
Fair value movement on cash flow hedges   
Deferred tax on fair value movement 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 
Actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit pension scheme  
Deferred tax on actuarial gain or loss  

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company 

Notes 1 to 30 form part of these financial statements.

Notes 

9 
23 
9 

26 
9 

2017 
£’000 

9,545 

(1,107) 
59 
659 
(112) 

(501) 

1,468 
(250) 

1,218 

717 

10,262 

2016
£’000

6,149

2,576
—
120
(47)

2,649

(4,297)
643

(3,654)

(1,005)

5,144

60

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP AND PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 30 September 2017

Share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Own shares 
in share 
trusts 
£’000 

Hedging 
reserve 
£’000 

Foreign
exchange 
reserve 
£’000 

Group 

1 October 2015 

Net profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income: 
Exchange differences 
Fair value movement on cash flow hedges 
Actuarial loss on defined benefit 
  pension scheme 
Transfer between reserves 
Taxation relating to items above 

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners: 
Dividends 
Share–based payments 
Movement in own shares in share trusts  
Gain on release of shares in share trusts 
Issue of share capital 
Taxation relating to items recognised 
  directly in equity 

Total transactions with owners 

Notes 

1,050 

2,757 

(423) 

(700) 

23 

26 

9 

10 
25 

24 

9 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
3 

— 

3 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
94 
— 
(3) 

— 

91 

— 

— 
120 

— 
— 
(47) 

73 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

Total 
equity
£’000

29,382 

33,185

6,149 

— 
— 

(4,297) 
20 
643 

6,149

2,576
120

(4,297)
—
596

1,119 

— 

2,576 
— 

— 
(20) 
— 

2,556 

2,515 

5,144

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

(2,095) 
597 
— 
171 
— 

(2,095)
597
94
171
—

91 

91

(1,236) 

(1,142)

1 October 2016 

1,053 

2,757 

(332) 

(627) 

3,675 

30,661 

37,187

Net profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income: 
Exchange differences 
Fair value movement on cash 
  flow hedges 
Actuarial gain on defined benefit 
  pension scheme 
Taxation relating to items above 

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners: 
Dividends 
Share–based payments 
Movement in own shares in share trusts 
Gain on release of shares in share trusts 
Issue of share capital 
Taxation relating to items recognised 
  directly in equity 

Total transactions with owners 

23 

26 
9 

10 
25 

24 

9 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
5 

— 

5 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
162 
— 
(5) 

— 

157 

— 

— 

659 

— 
(112) 

— 

9,545 

(1,107) 

— 

— 
59 

— 

— 

1,468 
(250) 

9,545

(1,107)

659

1,468
(303)

547 

(1,048) 

10,763 

10,262

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

(3,025) 
951 
— 
193 
— 

748 

(1,133) 

(3,025)
951
162
193
—

748

(971)

30 September 2017 

1,058 

2,757 

(175) 

(80) 

2,627 

40,291 

46,478

Notes 1 to 30 form part of these financial statements.

61

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP AND PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
for the year ended 30 September 2017

Share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Own shares 
in share 
trusts 
£’000 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

Notes 

1,050 

2,757 

(423) 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
3 

3 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
94 
— 
— 
(3) 

91 

1,053 

2,757 

(332) 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
5 

5 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
162 
— 
— 
(5) 

157 

10 

 25 

24 

10 

25 

24 

4,077 

2,878 

2,878 

(2,095) 
— 
597 
171 
— 

(1,327) 

5,628 

3,444 

3,444 

(3,025) 
— 
951 
193 
— 

Total
equity
£’000

7,461

2,878

2,878

(2,095)
94
597
171
—

(1,233)

9,106

3,444

3,444

(3,025)
162
951
193
—

1,058 

2,757 

(175) 

7,191 

10,831

(1,881) 

(1,719)

Parent Company 

1 October 2015 

Net profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners: 
Dividends 
Movement in own shares in share trusts  
Capital contribution to subsidiary undertakings 
Gain on release of shares in share trusts 
Issue of share capital 

Total transactions with owners 

1 October 2016 

Net profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners: 
Dividends 
Movement in own shares in share trusts  
Capital contribution to subsidiary undertakings 
Gain on release of shares in share trusts 
Issue of share capital 

Total transactions with owners 

30 September 2017 

Notes 1 to 30 form part of these financial statements.

62

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP AND PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS  REGISTERED NUMBER: 01568937
as at 30 September 2017

Group 

Parent Company

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Redeemable loan notes receivable 
Current tax assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Cash and bank balances 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Provisions 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Redeemable loan notes payable 

Net current assets 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Post-employment benefits 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Own shares in share trusts 
Hedging reserve 
Foreign exchange reserve 
Retained earnings 

Total equity attributable to owners of the Parent Company 

Notes 1 to 30 form part of these financial statements.

Notes 

12 
13 
14 
15 
16 

17 
18 
29 

23 
19 

20 
21 
22 

23 
29 

20 
26 
16 
23 

24 

2017 
£’000 

2,727 
604 
14,821 
— 
1,380 

19,532 

42,878 
19,973 
— 
148 
483 
4,748 

68,230 

87,762 

(7,680) 
(57) 
(17,816) 
(1,450) 
— 
— 

(27,003) 

41,227 

(7,293) 
(5,821) 
(764) 
(403) 

(14,281) 

(41,284) 

46,478 

1,058 
2,757 
(175) 
(80) 
2,627 
40,291 

46,478 

2016 
£’000 

2,727 
637 
11,361 
— 
1,436 

16,161 

29,990 
17,853 
— 
4 
— 
6,588 

54,435 

70,596 

(487) 
(67) 
(14,151) 
(999) 
(9) 
(675) 

(16,388) 

38,047 

(7,755) 
(7,401) 
(1,111) 
(754) 

(17,021) 

(33,409) 

37,187 

1,053 
2,757 
(332) 
(627) 
3,675 
30,661 

37,187 

2017 
£’000 

— 
— 
— 
8,205 
— 

8,205 

— 
523 
— 
— 
— 
2,590 

3,113 

11,318 

— 
— 
(487) 
— 
— 
— 

(487) 

2,626 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(487) 

10,831 

1,058 
2,757 
(175) 
— 
— 
7,191 

10,831 

2016
£’000

—
—
—
7,737
—

7,737

—
13
1,350
—
—
1,399

2,762

10,499

—
—
(718)
—
—
(675)

(1,393)

1,369

—
—
—
—

—

(1,393)

9,106

1,053
2,757
(332)
—
—
5,628

9,106

The Parent Company reported a profit for the year of £3,444,000 (2016: £2,878,000).
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 28 November 2017 and were signed on its behalf by:

Tim Jones  
Chairman 

Richard Hope 
Chief Financial Officer

63

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP AND PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the year ended 30 September 2017

Notes 

2017 
£’000 

2016 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

Group 

Parent Company

Cash flow from operating activities 
Profit before taxation 
Adjusted for: 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Loss on disposal of subsidiaries 
Net finance costs 
Share-based payments 
Increase in fair value of derivatives 
(Decrease)/increase in post-employment benefit obligations 

14 
13 
5 

7 
25 
29 

12,892 

8,293 

3,392 

1,399 
137 
7 
— 
913 
966 
(185) 
(112) 

1,347 
142 
2 
— 
703 
566 
(122) 
145 

— 
— 
— 
481 
(2) 
— 
— 
— 

2016
£’000

2,871

—
—
—
—
14
—
—
—

Operating cash flow before movements in working capital 

16,017 

11,076 

3,871 

2,885

(13,607) 
(2,454) 
4,727 

4,683 
(2,822) 

1,861 

(900) 
13 
(5,111) 
(105) 
(675) 
12 

(2,501) 
688 
1,541 

10,804 
(2,022) 

8,782 

(752) 
— 
(679) 
(109) 
— 
8 

(6,766) 

(1,532) 

2,284 
(925) 
(3,025) 
355 

(1,311) 

(6,216) 

(85) 

(6,301) 

6,581 

280 

4,748 
(4,468) 

280 

381 
(711) 
(2,095) 
265 

(2,160) 

5,090 

15 

5,105 

1,476 

6,581 

6,588 
(7) 

6,581 

— 
(509) 
668 

4,030 
53 

4,083 

(900) 
— 
— 
— 
675 
13 

(212) 

— 
(10) 
(3,025) 
355 

(2,680) 

1,191 

— 

1,191 

1,399 

2,590 

2,590 
— 

2,590 

—
695
(277)

3,303
6

3,309

(752)
—
—
—
—
5

(747)

—
(19)
(2,095)
265

(1,849)

713

—

713

686

1,399

1,399
—

1,399

14 
13 
29 
7 

7 
10 

19 
20 

Movements in working capital: 
Increase in inventories 
(Increase)/decrease in receivables 
Increase/(decrease) in payables 

Cash generated from operations 
Taxation (paid)/received  

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flow from investing activities 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   
Purchase of intangible assets 
(Purchase)/sale of redeemable loan notes   
Interest received 

Cash flow from financing activities 
Increase in bank loans 
Interest paid 
Dividends paid 
Net sale of own shares by share trusts 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Effect of foreign exchange rates 

Movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

Cash and cash equivalents comprise: 
Cash and bank balances 
Bank borrowings 

Notes 1 to 30 form part of these financial statements.

64

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT
for the year ended 30 September 2017

Movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Increase in bank loans 

Cash (outflow)/inflow from changes in net debt in the year 
Effect of foreign exchange rates 

Movement in net debt in the year 
Net debt at beginning of year 

Net debt at end of year 

Notes 1 to 30 form part of these financial statements.

2017 
£’000 

(6,301) 
(2,284) 

(8,585) 
14 

(8,571) 
(1,654) 

(10,225) 

2016
£’000

5,105
(381)

4,724
(223)

4,501
(6,155)

(1,654)

65

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Treatt  plc  (“the  Parent  Company”)  is  a  public  limited  company 
incorporated  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  domiciled  in  England  and 
Wales. The Parent Company’s shares are traded on the London Stock 
Exchange. The address of the registered office is included within the 
Parent Company Information section on page 102.

2. ADOPTION OF NEW AND REVISED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

New and amended accounting standards
There were no new standards or amendments to standards, which had 
a material impact on these financial statements, and are mandatory 
and relevant to the Group for the first time for the financial year ended 
30 September 2017.

Accounting standards in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements the following 
standards and interpretations, which have not been applied in these 
financial statements and which are considered potentially relevant, 
were in issue but not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been 
adopted by the EU):

•  Annual improvements 2014-2016

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

IFRS 2 Share-based payments (amendments)

 IFRS  9*  Financial  instruments:  Classification,  measurement, 
impairment,  general  hedge  accounting  and  derecognition  of 
assets and liabilities

IFRS 10 Consolidated financial statements (amendments)

IFRS 12 Disclosure of interests in other entities (amendments)

IFRS 15* Revenue from contracts with customers

IFRS 16* Leases

IAS 7 Statement of cash flows (amendments)

IAS 12 Income taxes (amendments)

 IAS 28 Investments in associates and joint ventures (amendments)

 IAS  39  Financial  Instruments:  Recognition  and  measurement 
(amendments)

*These  standards  have  been  identified  by  the  Financial  Reporting 
Council  as  having  the  potential  to  significantly  impact  on  many 
companies’ results and financial positions. Following an initial review  
of the likely impact, the Directors anticipate that the adoption of IFRS  
9 and 15 will not have any impact on the financial statements of the 
Group or the Parent Company, other than on disclosure notes. Based 
on leases in existence at 30 September 2017, the adoption of IFRS 16 
will not have an impact on net assets or to the annual profit or loss 
charge of more than £10,000. 

The Directors also anticipate that the adoption of the other standards 
and  interpretations  in  future  periods  will  have  no  material  impact  
on the financial statements of the Group or the Parent Company.

The  significant  accounting  policies  which  have  been  used  in  the 
preparation of these financial statements are set out below.

Accounting convention
The  Group  is  required  to  prepare  its  annual  consolidated  financial 
statements  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards  (IFRS)  as  adopted  for  use  by  the  European  Union.  
The Parent Company has also prepared its own financial statements in 
accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union. The financial 
statements  have  also  been  prepared  under  the  historical  cost 
convention (unless a fair value basis is required by IFRS) and are in 
accordance  with  the  Companies  Act  2006  applicable  for  companies 
reporting under IFRS.

The  Parent  Company  has taken  advantage  of the  exemption  under 
Section  408  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  and  has  not  presented  
its own income statement in these financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The Group accounts consolidate the accounts of Treatt plc and all of its 
subsidiaries (entities controlled by the Parent Company) made up to 30 
September each year. Control is achieved where the Parent Company 
has the  power to  govern the  financial  and  operating  policies  of  an 
investee entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. All intra-
group  transactions,  balances  and  unrealised  gains  on  transactions 
between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised 
losses  are  also  eliminated  unless  the  transaction  provides  evidence  
of an impairment of the asset transferred.

Going concern
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements,  
a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  Parent  Company  and  the  Group  
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable  future.  Thus they  continue to  adopt the  going  concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. Further detail 
is contained in the Directors’ Report on page 24.

Presentation of financial statements 
The  primary  statements  within  the  financial  information  contained  
in  this  document  have  been  presented  in  accordance  with  IAS  1, 
“Presentation of Financial Statements”. 

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries in the Parent Company balance sheet are 
stated at cost, less any provision for impairment.

Business combinations
The  acquisition  of  subsidiaries  is  accounted  for  using  the  purchase 
method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate fair 
values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or 
assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent  liabilities that  meet the  conditions  for  recognition  under 
IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except 
for non-current assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held 
for sale in accordance with IFRS 5, “Non-current assets held for sale 
and discontinued operations”, which are recognised and measured at 
fair value less costs to sell.

The  accounting  policy  for  goodwill  is  shown  later  in this  note  under 
intangible assets.

66

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 20173. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Revenue recognition
Revenue represents amounts receivable net of trade discounts, VAT 
and other sales-related taxes. Revenue is recognised in these financial 
statements when goods are physically despatched from the Group and/
or Parent Company’s premises or other storage depots, irrespective  
of the terms of trade, as the Directors believe that this is the point at 
which the significant risks and rewards of ownership are transferred  
to the customer in accordance with IAS 18, “Revenue Recognition”.

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates
Transactions in currencies other than Pounds Sterling are recorded at 
the rate of exchange at the date of transaction. Assets and liabilities in 
foreign currencies are translated into Pounds Sterling in the balance 
sheet at the year-end rate. 

Income  and  expense  items  of  the  Group’s  overseas  subsidiaries  
are translated into Pounds Sterling at the average rate for the year. 
Their balance sheets are translated at the rate ruling at the balance 
sheet date.

Exchange differences which arise from the translation of the opening 
net  assets  and  results  of  foreign  subsidiaries  and  from translating  
the  income  statement  at  an  average  rate  are  taken  to  reserves.  
Under  IAS  21,  “The  Effects  of  Changes  in  Foreign  Exchange  Rates”, 
these  cumulative translation  differences  which  are  recognised  in the 
Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income  are  separately  accounted  for 
within reserves and are transferred from equity to the income statement 
in the event of the disposal of a foreign operation. All other exchange 
differences are taken to the income statement. 

Research and development expenditure
Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense and 
charged to the income statement in the period in which it is incurred.

Expenditure  arising  from  any  specific  development  is  recognised  
as an asset only if all of the following conditions are met:

•  An asset is created that can be identified;

• 

  It is probable that the asset created will generate future economic 
benefits; and

•  The  development  cost  of the  asset  can  be  measured  reliably.

Current tax
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable 
profit  differs  from  net  profit  as  reported  in  the  income  statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated 
by using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date. Where the Group and/or Parent Company have 
a net current tax asset in one legal jurisdiction and a liability in another, 
and consequently have no legal right of set off, then these assets and 
liabilities will be shown separately on the balance sheet as required  
by IAS 12, “Income Taxes”.

Current tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except 
when it relates to items credited or charged directly to equity, in which 
case the current tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred tax
Deferred  tax  is  the  tax  expected  to  be  payable  or  recoverable  on 
differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in  
the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the 
computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance 
sheet liability method.  Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all 
taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available 
against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such 
assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference 
arises  from  the  initial  recognition  of  goodwill  or  from  the  initial 
recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and 
liabilities in a transaction which affects neither the tax profit nor the 
accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences 
arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in 
joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of 
the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. As the Group is in fact in a 
position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
arising  from  its  investments  in  subsidiaries  it  is  not  required  to 
recognise a deferred tax liability. In view of the variety of ways in which 
these temporary differences may reverse, and the complexity of the tax 
laws, it is not possible to accurately compute the temporary differences 
arising from such investments. 

Development  expenditure  meeting  these  conditions  is  amortised  
on a straight line basis over its useful life.  Where these conditions  
for  capitalising  development  expenditure  have  not  been  met,  the  
related expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which 
it is incurred.

Deferred  tax  is  recognised  in  respect  of  the  retained  earnings  of 
overseas subsidiaries and associates only to the extent that, at the 
balance sheet date, dividends have been accrued as receivable or a 
binding  agreement  to  distribute  past  earnings  in  future  has  been 
entered into by the subsidiary or associate.

No assets were recognised in the year as the above criteria was not met.

Leases
Rentals receivable under operating leases are recognised in the income 
statement as and when they fall due.

Rentals payable under operating leases, where substantially all of the 
benefit and risks of ownership remain with the lessor, are charged 
against profits on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are expected to 
apply in the periods in which timing differences are expected to reverse, 
based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the balance sheet date. Where the Group and/or Parent 
Company have a net deferred tax asset in one legal jurisdiction and  
a liability in another, and consequently have no legal right of set off, 
then these assets and liabilities will be shown separately on the balance 
sheet as required by IAS 12, “Income Taxes”.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and 
deferred tax attributable to current profits. 

Deferred tax  is  charged  or  credited  in the  income  statement,  except 
when it relates to items credited or charged directly to equity, in which 
case deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

67

Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Exceptional items 
The Group has elected to classify certain items as exceptional and 
present  them  separately  on  the  face  of  the  income  statement. 
Exceptional items are classified as those which are separately identified 
by virtue of their size, nature or expected frequency, to allow a better 
understanding of the underlying performance in the period.

Post balance sheet events and dividends 
IAS  10,  “Events  after  the  Balance  Sheet  Date”  requires  that  final 
dividends  proposed  after  the  balance  sheet  date  should  not  be 
recognised as a liability at that balance sheet date, as the liability does 
not represent a present obligation as defined by IAS 37, “Provisions, 
Contingent  Liabilities  and  Contingent  Assets”.  Consequently,  final 
dividends are only recognised as a liability once formally approved at 
the Annual General Meeting and interim dividends are not recognised 
until paid.

Cash flow
The Statement of Cash Flows explains the movement in cash and cash 
equivalents and short term borrowings.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation. 

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment, except 
freehold and long leasehold land, using the straight-line basis to write 
off the cost of the asset, less estimated residual value, as follows:

•  Plant and machinery: 

4-10 years

•  Buildings: 

50 years

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of 
the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value 
of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities at the date 
of acquisition. In accordance with IFRS 3, “Business Combinations”,  
for acquisitions prior to 1 October 2009, any revision to the estimated 
cost of an acquisition (e.g. for deferred consideration) is included as  
an adjustment to the cost of the acquisition. Any revisions to cost for 
acquisitions dated on or after 1 October 2009 are included as a charge 
or credit to the Income Statement. Goodwill is initially recognised as an 
asset at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment  losses.  Goodwill  which  is  recognised  as  an  asset  is 
reviewed  for  impairment  at  least  annually  in  relation  to  the  cash 
generating unit it represents. Any impairment is recognised immediately 
in the income statement and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal 
of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the 
determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Other intangible assets
Amortisation  (which  is  included  within  administrative  expenses)  is 
provided on all intangible assets, other than goodwill, using the straight-
line  basis  to  write  off  the  cost  of  the  asset,  less  estimated  residual 
value, as follows:

•  Software licenses: 

4 years

•  Lease premium: 

85 years

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Provision will be made should any impairment in the value of properties 
or other non-current assets occur.

The need for any non-current asset impairment write down is assessed 
by comparison of the carrying value of the asset against the higher of 
net realisable value and value in use.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  
Cost is based on raw material costs plus attributable overheads.

Net  realisable  value  is  based  on  estimated  selling  price  less  further 
costs expected to be incurred through to disposal. Provision is made 
for obsolete, slow-moving and defective items.

Onerous contracts
Provisions for onerous contracts are recognised when the expected 
benefits  from  a  contract  are  lower  than  the  unavoidable  costs  of 
meeting the contract’s obligations.

Financial instruments
Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  recognised  on the  Group 
and/or Parent Company’s balance sheet when the Group and/or Parent 
Company have become a party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument.

Financial assets
Financial assets held by the Group are either classified as held for 
trading  or  are  accounted  for  as  trade  receivables,  loans,  other 
receivables  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents  at  amortised  cost.  The 
classification  depends  on  the  nature  and  purpose  of  the  financial  
assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

Trade and other receivables
Trade  and  other  receivables  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value.  
They are subsequently measured at their amortised cost using the 
effective interest method less any provision for impairment. A provision 
for impairment is made where there is objective evidence, (including 
customers  with  financial  difficulties  or  in  default  on  payments),  that  
the asset is impaired. A provision for impairment is established when  
the carrying value of the receivable exceeds the present value of the 
future cash flow discounted using the original effective interest rate. 
The  carrying  value  of  the  receivable  is  reduced  through  the  use  
of  an  allowance  account  and  any  impairment  loss  is  recognised  in  
the income statement.

Loans receivable
All  loans  receivable  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value.  After  initial 
recognition,  interest-bearing  loans  are  measured  at  amortised  cost  
less any impairment loss recognised to reflect irrecoverable amounts. 
An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  when  there  is 
objective evidence that the asset is impaired, and is measured as the 
difference between the loan’s carrying amount and the present value  
of  estimated  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the  effective  interest  
rate computed at initial recognition. Impairment losses are reversed in 
subsequent periods when an increase in the loan’s recoverable amount 
can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment 
was  recognised,  subject  to  the  restriction  that  the  carrying  amount  
of the loan at the date the impairment is reversed shall not exceed  
what the  amortised  cost  would  have  been  had the  impairment  not  
been recognised.

68

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 20173. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call 
with banks, and other short term highly liquid investments with original 
maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable 
on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management 
are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the 
purposes of the consolidated cash flow statement. Bank overdrafts are 
shown  within  borrowings  in  current  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to 
the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity 
instrument  is  any  contract  that  evidences  a  residual  interest  in  the 
assets of the Group or Parent Company after deducting all of its liabilities.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of  
the consideration received, net of issue costs. After initial recognition, 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method. All borrowing costs are recognised 
in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

Trade payables
Trade  payables  are  not  interest-bearing  and  are  stated  at  their  
nominal value.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Parent Company are recorded at the 
proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it to both the financial risks of changes  
in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. From time to 
time the  Group  uses  foreign  exchange  forward  and  option  contracts 
and interest rate swap contracts to hedge some of these exposures. 
The  Group  does  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  
speculative  purposes.  The  use  of  financial  derivatives  is  governed  
by the Group’s policies approved by the Board. Further information  
on  currency  and  interest  rate  management  is  provided  in  note  29, 
“Financial Instruments”. 

Hedge accounting
At the  inception  of the  hedge  relationship, the  Group  documents the 
relationship  between  the  hedging  instrument  and  the  hedged  item, 
along  with  its  risk  management  objectives  and  its  strategy  for 
undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception 
of the hedge and on an on-going basis, the Group documents whether 
the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly 
effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged 
item. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for 
hedge  accounting.  At  that  time,  any  cumulative  gain  or  loss  on  the 
hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity until the 
forecasted  transaction  occurs.  If  a  hedging  transaction  is  no  longer 
expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss that was recognised 
in  equity  is  recognised  immediately  in  profit  or  loss  for  the  period. 
Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivative  financial  instruments  that  do  
not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement 
as they arise. 

Cash flow hedges
Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivative  financial  instruments  that  
are designated and effective as cash flow hedging instruments are 
recognised  directly  in  equity.  The  ineffective  portion  is  recognised 
immediately in the income statement. If the cash flow hedge of a firm 
commitment or forecasted transaction results in the recognition of an 
asset or a liability, then, at the time the asset or liability is recognised, 
the associated gains or losses on the derivative that had been previously 
recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the 
asset or liability. For transactions that do not result in the recognition  
of  an  asset  or  a  liability,  amounts  deferred  in  equity  are  recognised  
in the income statement in the same period in which the hedged item 
affects net profit or loss. 

Pension costs
One of the Group’s UK subsidiaries, R C Treatt & Co Limited, operates 
a  defined  benefit  scheme  through  an  independently  administered 
pension scheme.

For  defined  benefit  retirement  plans,  the  cost  of  providing  benefits  
is  determined  using  the  projected  unit  credit  method,  with  actuarial 
valuations  being  carried  out  every  three  years  and  updated  at  each 
balance  sheet  date.  The  post-employment  benefits  obligation 
recognised in the balance sheet represents the present value of the 
defined  benefit  pension  obligations  adjusted  for  unrecognised  past 
service  cost,  and  as  reduced  by  the  fair  value  of  scheme  assets.  
Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to past service costs, 
plus  the  present  value  of  available  refunds  and  reductions  in  future 
contributions to the scheme.

In accordance with IAS 19, “Employee Benefits”, the asset or liability in 
the defined benefit pension scheme is recognised as an asset or liability 
of the Group under non-current assets or liabilities under the heading 
“Post-employment  benefits”.  The  deferred tax  in  respect  of  “Post-
employment benefits” is netted against other deferred tax assets and 
liabilities  relating  to  the  same  jurisdiction  (see  taxation  accounting 
policy) and included in the deferred taxation asset or liability shown 
under non-current assets or liabilities.

The service cost and net interest on assets, net of interest on scheme 
liabilities, are reflected in the income statement for the period, in place 
of the actual cash contribution made. All experience gains or losses on 
the assets and liabilities of the scheme, together with the effect of 
changes in assumptions are reflected as a gain or loss in the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income.

The Group also operates a number of defined contribution pension 
schemes.  The  contributions  for these  schemes  are  charged to the 
income statement in the year in which they become payable.

Share options, the employee benefit trust and share incentive plan trust
Shares held by the “Treatt Employee Benefit Trust” for the purpose 
of  fulfilling  obligations  in  respect  of  various  employee  share  plans 
are deducted from equity in the Group and Parent Company balance 
sheets. The treatment in the Parent Company balance sheet reflects 
the substance of the entity’s control of the trust.

The Group has an HMRC-approved share incentive plan (“SIP”). The 
Group also has a wholly-owned UK Trust, Treatt SIP Trustees Limited 
(“Trust”), to whom shares are issued at nominal value for the purpose 
of fulfilling obligations under the SIP. The treatment of the Trust in the 
Group  and  Parent  financial  statements  is  consistent  with that  of the 
EBT as explained above.

69

Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Share-based payments 
IFRS 2, “Share-based Payments”, requires that an expense for equity 
instruments granted be recognised in the financial statements based 
on their fair value at the date of grant. The Group has adopted the 
Black-Scholes  model  for  the  purposes  of  computing  fair  value  of 
options under IFRS. The fair value excludes the effect of non market-
based vesting  conditions.  This  expense,  which  is  in  relation to  share 
option schemes for staff in the UK and US, is recognised on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period of the scheme, based on the Group’s 
estimate of the number of equity instruments that will eventually vest. 

At  each  balance  sheet  date,  the  Group  revises  its  estimate  of  the 
number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect 
of non market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of 
the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the 
cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding 
adjustment to the retained earnings reserve.

Savings-related share options granted to employees are treated as 
cancelled  when  employees  cease  to  contribute  to  the  scheme. 
Cancelled  options  are  accounted  for  as  an  acceleration  of vesting.  
The  unrecognised  grant  date  fair  value  is  recognised  in  profit  
or loss in the year that the options are cancelled.

The  Group  has  an  HMRC-approved  SIP  for  its  UK-based  employees 
under which employees can be awarded Free and Matching Shares. 
The fair value of shares awarded under the SIP is the market value  
of those shares at the date of grant, which is then recognised on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period. 

Where the Parent Company grants options over its shares to employees 
in  subsidiaries,  it  recognises this  as  a  capital  contribution  equivalent  
to the share-based payment charge recognised in the Group Income 
Statement. In the financial statements of the Parent Company, this 
capital  contribution  is  recognised  as  an  increase  in  the  cost  of 
investment  in  subsidiaries,  with  the  corresponding  credit  being 
recognised directly in equity.

Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on 
historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future 
events  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future.  
The resulting accounting estimates and assumptions will, by definition, 
seldom equal the related actual results. The Group has evaluated the 
estimates  and  assumptions  that  have  been  made  in  relation  to  the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in these financial statements. 

The key accounting judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty 
with a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to assets and 
liabilities in the next 12 months include the following:

Pensions  –  movements  in  equity  markets,  interest  rates  and  life 
expectancy could materially affect the level of surpluses and deficits  
in  the  defined  benefit  pension  scheme.  The  key  assumptions  used  
to  value  pension  assets  and  liabilities  are  set  out  in  note  26  “Post-
employment benefits”;

Useful economic life and residual value estimates – the Group reviews the 
useful  economic  lives  and  residual values  attributed to  assets  on  an 
on-going basis to ensure they are appropriate. Changes in economic 
lives or residual values could impact the carrying value and charges  
to the income statement in future periods;

Provisions  –  using  information  available  at  the  balance  sheet  date,  
the  Directors  make  judgements  based  on  experience  on  the  level  
of  provision  required  against  assets,  including  inventory  and  trade 
receivables,  and  for  liabilities  including  onerous  contracts.  Further 
information received after the balance sheet date may impact the level 
of provision required;

Share-based  payments  –  in  accordance  with  IFRS  2  “Share-based 
Payments”, share options and other share awards are measured at fair 
value at the date of grant. The fair value determined is then expensed 
in the income statement on a straight line basis over the vesting period, 
with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value of the options is 
measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The valuation 
of  these  share-based  payments  requires  several  judgements  to  be 
made  in  respect  of  the  number  of  options  that  are  expected  to  be 
exercised. Details of the assumptions made in respect of each of the 
share-based payment schemes are disclosed in note 25 “Share-based 
Payments”. Changes in these assumptions could lead to changes in the 
income statement expense in future periods;

Goodwill  –  determining  whether  goodwill  is  impaired  requires  an 
estimation  of  the  value  in  use  of  the  cash-generating  units  to  
which  goodwill  has  been  allocated.  The  value  in  use  calculation 
requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise 
from the cash-generating unit and a suitable discount rate in order to 
calculate present value. Future changes in performance or disposals 
could  also  impact  the  value  of  goodwill.  Details  of  the  assumptions 
made in respect of goodwill and deferred consideration are disclosed 
in note 12. These estimates could change materially in future years  
in line with actual and expected future performance; 

Taxation – the Group operates in a number of tax jurisdictions and 
estimation is required of taxable profit in order to determine the Group’s 
current tax liability. There are transactions and calculations for which 
the ultimate tax determination can be uncertain. The Group periodically 
evaluates situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to 
interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate based on 
amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities; and

Deferred tax assets – deferred tax assets are recognised for all unused 
tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available  against  which  the  losses  can  be  utilised.  Management 
judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets 
that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and level of future 
taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies.

Description of the nature and purpose of each reserve  
within equity
Share  premium  account  –  the  share  premium  account  represents 
amounts received in excess of the nominal value of shares on issue  
of new shares.

70

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 20173. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Own shares in share trusts – own shares in share trusts relate to shares held in the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (the ”EBT”) and Treatt SIP 
Trustees Limited (the “Trust”). The shares held in the EBT and Trust are all held to meet options to be exercised by employees, and share awards 
and tax-approved  purchases  by  employees  under the  SIP.  Dividends  on those  shares  not  beneficially  held  on  behalf  of  employees  have  been 
waived. At 30 September 2017 the market value of the shares held by the EBT was £1,626,000 (2016: £1,212,000), and the market value of shares 
held by the SIP was £1,640,000 (2016: £506,000) of which £1,252,000 (2016: £470,000) relates to shares beneficially held by employees.

Hedging  reserve  –  the  hedging  reserve  comprises  the  effective  portion  of  the  cumulative  net  change  in  the  fair  value  of  cash  flow  hedging 
instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Foreign exchange reserve – the foreign exchange reserve records exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements  
of overseas subsidiaries.

Retained  earnings  –  retained  earnings  comprises  the  Group’s  annual  profits  and  losses,  actuarial  gains  and  losses  on  the  defined  benefit  
pension  scheme  and  dividend  payments,  combined  with  the  employee  share  option  reserve  which  represents  the  equity  component  of  
share-based payment arrangements.

4. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

Group
Business segments
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal financial information reported to the Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(CODM). The Group’s CODM has been identified as the Board of Directors who are primarily responsible for the allocation of resources to the 
segments and for assessing their performance. The disclosure in the Group accounts of segmental information is consistent with the information 
used by the CODM in order to assess profit performance from the Group’s operations. 

The  Group  operates  one  global  business  segment  engaging  in  the  manufacture  and  supply  of  innovative  ingredient  solutions  for  the  flavour, 
fragrance, beverage and consumer product industries with manufacturing sites in the UK, US and Kenya. Many of the Group’s activities, including 
sales, manufacturing, technical, IT and finance, are managed globally on a Group basis.

Geographical segments
The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s revenue by geographical market:

Revenue by destination 

United Kingdom 

Rest of Europe 

The Americas 

Rest of the World 

– Germany   
– Ireland 
– Other 

– USA 
– Other 

– China 
– Other 

2017 
£’000 

10,271  

7,206  
7,280  
11,235  

42,571  
8,164  

5,772  
17,128  

109,627 

2016
£’000

8,794

5,527
5,871
11,011

33,729
4,142

4,536
14,430

88,040

All Group revenue is in respect of the sale of goods, other than property rental income of £17,000 (2016: £17,000). No country included within 
“Other” contributes more than 5% of the Group’s total revenue. The largest customer represented 10.7% of Group revenue (2016 there were  
no customers which represented more than 10% of Group revenue).

Non-current assets by geographical location, excluding deferred tax assets, were as follows:

United Kingdom 
United States 
Rest of the World 

2017 
£’000 

11,358 
6,364 
430 

18,152 

2016
£’000

7,645
6,611
469

14,725

71

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

5. PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Group 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets1 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Research and development costs 
Operating leases 
  – plant & machinery 
  – land & buildings 
Net foreign exchange gain2 
Rent receivable 
Cost of inventories recognised as expense3   
Write down/(write back) of inventories recognised as an expense  
Shipping costs 
IT & telephony costs 
Insurance costs 
Energy & utility costs 

1 Included in administrative expenses. 
2 Excludes foreign exchange gains or losses on financial instruments disclosed in note 23.  
3 Included in cost of sales.

The analysis of auditor’s remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable to the Parent Company’s auditors and their associates for the audit of: 
  – the Parent Company and Group accounts  
  – the Group’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 

Total audit fees 

Fees payable to the Parent Company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the Group: 
  – tax compliance services 
  – tax advisory services 
  – other assurance services 
  – financial modelling software services* 

Total non-audit fees  

*The financial modelling software services in the prior year were included in Other Intangible Assets.

6. EMPLOYEES

Group
Number of employees
During the year the average number of staff employed by the Group, including Directors, was as follows:

Technical and production 
Administration and sales 

During the year, the Directors shown on page 22 were employed by the Parent Company.

72

2017 
£’000 

1,399 
137 
7 
1,402 

7 
113 
(512) 
(17) 
70,653 
1,278 
1,799 
681 
692 
389 

2017 
£’000 

45 
86 

131 

— 
2 
3 
— 

5 

2016
£’000

1,347
142
2
895

12
100
(8)
(17)
58,357
(561)
1,643
601
583
498

2016
£’000

36
71

107

1
2
–
11

14

2017 
Number 

202 
129 

331 

2016
Number

190
126

316

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. EMPLOYEES (continued)

Employment costs
The following costs were incurred in respect of the above:

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs (see note 26) 
Share-based payments (see note 25) 

2017 
£’000 

12,375  
 1,522  
756  
966  

15,619 

Directors
The information on Directors’ emoluments and share options set out on pages 52 to 55 form part of these financial statements.

7. NET FINANCE COSTS

Group 

Finance costs 
Bank overdraft interest paid 
Other bank finance costs  
Loan interest paid 
Loan note interest paid 
Pension finance cost (see note 26) 

Finance revenue 
Bank interest received 

Net finance costs 

8. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

The exceptional items referred to in the income statement can be categorised as follows:

Group 

Legal and professional fees 
Restructuring costs 

Less: tax effect of exceptional items 

2017 
£’000 

555 
176 
5 
1 
188 

925 

12 

913 

2017 
£’000 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

2016
£’000

10,874
1,040
761
566

13,241

2016
£’000

431
134
20
7
119

711

8

703

2016
£’000

302
251

553
(38)

515

The exceptional items in the prior year all related to non-recurring items. The legal and professional fees relate to the costs in respect of the full 
and final settlement of the Earthoil earnout dispute. The restructuring costs related to one-off non-recurring reorganisation costs incurred in the 
US and Kenya.

73

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

9. TAXATION

Group 

Analysis of tax charge in income statement: 
Current tax: 
UK corporation tax on profits for the year 
Adjustments to UK tax in respect of previous periods 
Overseas corporation tax on profits for the year 
Adjustments to overseas tax in respect of previous periods 

Total current tax 

Deferred tax: 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Effect of reduced tax rate on opening assets and liabilities 
Adjustments in respect of previous periods  

Total deferred tax (see note 16) 

Tax on profit on ordinary activities 

Analysis of tax charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income:
Current tax: 
Foreign currency translation differences 

Deferred tax: 
Cash flow hedges 
Defined benefit pension scheme 

Total deferred tax 

Total tax expense/(credit) recognised in other comprehensive income 

Analysis of tax credit in equity:
Current tax: 
Share-based payments 

Deferred tax: 
Share-based payments 

Total tax credit recognised in equity 

2017 
£’000 

1,278 
(84) 
2,260 
(10) 

3,444 

(135) 
— 
38 

(97) 

3,347 

2016
£’000

967
9
1,370
8

2,354

(179)
(27)
(4)

(210)

2,144

(59) 

—

112 
250 

362 

303 

(218) 

(530) 

(748) 

47
(643)

(596)

(596)

(16)

(75)

(91)

Factors affecting tax charge for the year:
The  tax  assessed  for  the  year  is  different  from  that  calculated  at  the  standard  rate  of  corporation  tax  in  the  UK  of  19.5%  (2016:  20%).  
The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax multiplied by standard rate of UK corporation tax at 19.5% (2016: 20%)  

Effects of: 
Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit and other items 
Research and development tax credits 
Difference in tax rates on overseas earnings 
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years 

Total tax charge for the year 

2017 
£’000 

2,514 

120 
(196) 
965 
(56) 

3,347 

2016
£’000

1,659

51
(145)
566
13

2,144

The main rate of UK corporation tax was reduced from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017. The Group’s effective UK corporation tax rate 
for the year was therefore 19.5% (2016: 20%). The adjustments in respect of prior years relate to the finalisation of previous year’s tax computations.

74

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. DIVIDENDS

Equity dividends on ordinary shares:

Parent Company and Group 

Interim dividend 
Final dividend 

Dividend per share for
years ended 30 September 

2017 
Pence 

1.45p2 
3.35p3 

4.80p 

2016 
Pence 

1.35p1 
3.00p1 

4.35p 

2015 
Pence 

1.28p 
2.76p 

4.04p 

2017 
£’000 

1,461 
1,564 

3,025 

2016
£’000

662
1,433

2,095

1  Accounted for in the subsequent year ended 30 September 2017 in accordance with IFRS.

2 The declared interim dividend for the year ended 30 September 2017 was paid on 17 August 2017 and has therefore also been accounted for in the year ended  
30 September 2017.

3 The proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 September 2017 of 3.35 pence will be voted on at the Annual General Meeting on 26 January 2018 and will 
therefore be accounted for in the financial statements for the year ending 30 September 2018.

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Group
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue and ranking for dividend during the year.  
The weighted average number of shares excludes shares held by the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”), together with shares held by  
the Treatt SIP Trust (“SIP”), which do not rank for dividend.

Profit after taxation attributable to owners of the Parent Company (£’000) 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (No: ‘000)   

Basic earnings per share (pence) 

2017 

9,545 
52,198 

18.29p 

2016

6,149
51,895

11.85p

Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue and ranking for dividend during the year, adjusted 
for the effect of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

The number of shares used to calculate earnings per share (EPS) have been derived as follows:

Weighted average number of shares 
Weighted average number of shares held in the EBT and SIP 

Weighted average number of shares used for calculating basic EPS 
Executive share option schemes 
All-employee share options 

Weighted average number of shares used for calculating diluted EPS 

Diluted earnings per share (pence) 

2017 
No (‘000) 

52,780 
(582) 

52,198 
1,229 
445 

53,872 

17.72p 

2016
No (‘000)

52,575
(680)

51,895
645
122

52,662

11.68p

Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share measures are calculated based on profits for the year attributable to owners of the Parent Company before exceptional 
items as follows:

Profit after taxation attributable to owners of the Parent Company  
Adjusted for: 
Exceptional items (see note 8) 
Taxation thereon 

Earnings for calculating adjusted earnings per share 

Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence) 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence) 

2017 
£’000 

9,545 

— 
— 

9,545 

18.29p 
17.72p 

2016
£’000

6,149

553
(38)

6,664

12.84p
12.65p

75

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

12. GOODWILL 

Group 

Cost 
1 October 2015 
Deferred consideration  

1 October 2016 

30 September 2017 

Accumulated impairment losses 
1 October 2015 

1 October 2016 

30 September 2017 

Carrying amount 
30 September 2017 

30 September 2016 

£’000

3,507
1,652

5,159

5,159

2,432

2,432

2,432

2,727

2,727

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of Earthoil is attributable to the anticipated profitability of Earthoil’s products in new and rapidly growing 
existing markets.

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The recoverable 
amount of goodwill arising on the acquisition of Earthoil is determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use 
calculations are those regarding the discount rates, revenue, overhead growth rates and perpetuity growth rate. Management estimates discount 
rates using pre-tax rates that reflect market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to Earthoil. As at the year ended 30 
September 2017, the impairment review has concluded that the value in use of Earthoil significantly exceeds its carrying value. In performing this 
impairment review, the Group has prepared cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by the Board for the five 
years ending 30 September 2022. Thereafter, a growth rate for pre-tax profit of 0% (2016: 2%) per annum is assumed into perpetuity. A rate of 
9.7% (2016: 9.6%) has been used to discount the forecast cash flows. The key assumptions are based on past experience adjusted for expected 
changes in future conditions.

Based upon this impairment review the recoverable amount of Earthoil exceeds its carrying amount by £11.0m (2016: £7.8m). The recoverable 
amount is most sensitive to changes in the discount rate and sales growth. A 1% change in the discount rate or sales growth would change  
the recoverable amount by £2.3m.

13. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Group 

Cost 
1 October 2015 
Exchange Adjustment 
Additions 
Disposals 

1 October 2016 
Exchange adjustment 
Additions 
Disposals 

30 September 2017 

76

Lease premium 
£’000 

Software licences 
£’000 

343 
— 
— 
— 

343 
— 
— 
— 

343 

888 
13 
109 
(246) 

764 
(3) 
105 
(121) 

745 

Total
£’000

1,231
13
109
(246)

1,107
(3)
105
(121)

1,088

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

Group 

Amortisation 
1 October 2015 
Exchange adjustment 
Charge for year 
Disposals 

1 October 2016 
Exchange adjustment 
Charge for year 
Disposals 

30 September 2017 

Net book value 
30 September 2017 

30 September 2016 

Lease premium 
£’000 

Software licences 
£’000 

21 
— 
4 
— 

25 
— 
4 
— 

29 

314 

318 

549 
4 
138 
(246) 

445 
(2) 
133 
(121) 

455 

290 

319 

Total
£’000

570
4
142
(246)

470
(2)
137
(121)

484

604

637

Intangible assets with a net book value of £32,000 (2016: £54,000) have been pledged as security in relation to the Industrial Development Loan 
detailed in note 20.

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Group 

Cost 
1 October 2015 
Exchange Adjustment 
Additions 
Disposals 

1 October 2016 
Exchange adjustment 
Additions 
Disposals 

30 September 2017 

Depreciation 
1 October 2015 
Exchange adjustment 
Charge for year 
Disposals 

1 October 2016 
Exchange adjustment 
Charge for year 
Disposals 

30 September 2017 

Net book value 
30 September 2017 

30 September 2016 

Land &  
buildings 
£’000 

Plant &
 machinery 
£’000 

6,367 
577 
— 
— 

6,944 
(134) 
3,783 
— 

10,764 
973 
679 
(576) 

11,840 
(254) 
1,328 
(965) 

Total
£’000

17,131
1,550
679
(576)

18,784
(388)
5,111
(965)

10,593 

11,949 

22,542

1,135 
132 
140 
— 

1,407 
(34) 
149 
— 

1,522 

9,071 

5,537 

4,998 
385 
1,207 
(574) 

6,016 
(122) 
1,250 
(945) 

6,199 

5,750 

5,824 

6,133
517
1,347
(574)

7,423
(156)
1,399
(945)

7,721

14,821

11,361

77

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

Analysis of land & buildings 

Net book value 
Freehold 
Long leasehold 

2017 
£’000 

8,381 
690 

9,071 

2016
£’000

4,831
706

5,537

Included in plant and machinery are assets in the course of construction totalling £841,000 (2016: £275,000) which are not depreciated.

Property, plant and equipment with a net book value of £6.0m (2016: £6.2m) has been pledged as security in relation to the Industrial Development 
Loan and Equipment Financing Loans detailed in note 20.

Capital commitments 

Contracted but not provided for  

15. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES

Parent Company 

Cost 
1 October 2015 
Investment in subsidiaries  
Capital contribution to subsidiaries 

1 October 2016 
Capital contribution to subsidiaries 
Inter group transfer of subsidiary 

30 September 2017 

Parent Company 

Subsidiary: 
R C Treatt & Co Limited – at cost
50,000 ordinary shares of £1 each, fully paid 
  Treatt USA Inc – at cost
2,975,000 common stock of US$1 each, fully paid 
  Earthoil Plantations Limited
4,051,000 ordinary shares of 50p each, fully paid 
  Earthoil Kenya Pty Limited
2,500 “A” ordinary shares of KES20 each, fully paid
2,500 “B” ordinary shares of KES20 each, fully paid 

2017 
£’000 

609 

2017 
£’000 

3,584 

2,376 

2,245 

— 

8,205 

2016
£’000

362

£’000

5,485
1,655
597

7,737
950
(482)

8,205

2016
£’000

2,855

2,155

2,245

482

7,737

During the year the Parent Company had the following subsidiary undertakings:

Subsidiary 

Country of incorporation 

Holding 

Principal activity

Wholly owned by Treatt plc:
R C Treatt & Co Limited 
Treatt USA Inc 
Earthoil Plantations Limited  
Treatt SIP Trustees Limited 

Wholly owned by Earthoil Plantations Limited:
Earthoil Kenya Pty Limited 
Earthoil Africa EPZ Limited 
Earthoil Extracts Limited 

England1 
USA2 
England1 
England1 

Kenya3 
Kenya3 
Kenya3 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

100% 
100% 
100% 

Supply of flavour and fragrance ingredients
Supply of flavour and fragrance ingredients
Supply of natural cosmetic ingredients
Employee share trust

Intermediate holding company
Supply of organic & fair trade vegetable oils
Supply of organic & fair trade essential oils

Registered office addresses: 
1 Northern Way, Bury St. Edmunds, IP32 6NL, UK. 
2 The Prentice-Hall Corporation System Inc., 1201 Hays Street, Suite 105, Tallahassee, FL 32301, USA. 
3 LR. No. 3734/1018 Lavington, Insecta Building, Braeside Gardens off Muthangari Road, P. O. Box 76618-00508, Yaya Centre, Nairobi, Kenya.

78

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. DEFERRED TAXATION

Group 

UK deferred tax asset 
Overseas deferred tax liability 

Net deferred tax asset 

2017 
£’000 

1,380 
(764) 

616 

A reconciliation of the net deferred tax asset is shown below:

UK deferred tax 

Overseas deferred tax 

Group 

1 October 2015 
Exchange differences 
Credit/(charge) to  
  income statement  
Credit/(charge)  
  to OCI 
Credit/(charge) 
  to equity 

For the year  
For change in tax rate 
For the year 
For change in tax rate 
For the year 
For change in tax rate 

1 October 2016 
Exchange differences  
(Charge)/credit to income statement 
Charge to OCI 
Credit to equity 

Post- 
employment 
benefits 
£’000 

Fixed 
assets 
£’000 

Cash flow 
hedge  
£’000 

Share-based 
payments  
£’000 

591 
— 
23 
— 
732 
(89) 
— 
— 

1,257 
— 
(18) 
(250) 
— 

(209) 
— 
58 
29 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(122) 
— 
(11) 
— 
— 

202 
— 
(24) 
— 
(47) 
— 
— 
— 

131 
— 
(32) 
(112) 
— 

(13) 

63 
— 
57 
— 
— 
— 
60 
(10) 

170 
— 
8 
— 
359 

537 

Fixed 
assets  
£’000 

(1,198) 
(204) 
(31) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(1,433) 
42 
53 
— 
— 

(1,338) 

Other
temporary
differences 
£’000 

161 
38 
98 
— 
— 
— 
25 
— 

322 
(16) 
97 
— 
171 

574 

2016
£’000

1,436
(1,111)

325

Total 
£’000

(390)
(166)
181
29
685
(89)
85
(10)

325
26
97
(362)
530

616

30 September 2017   

989 

(133) 

At the balance sheet date, R C Treatt & Co Limited had a deferred tax asset in relation to its pension liability. R C Treatt & Co Limited has  
a specific plan in place to reverse the deficit and so this deferred tax asset has been recognised.

The deferred tax rate applied to UK companies within the Group is 17% (2016: 17%) as legislation has been substantively enacted which reduces 
the main rate of UK corporation tax from 19% for the 2017/18 tax year to 17% for the 2020/21 tax year. The impact of estimating the timing  
of deferred tax reversals in the intervening years before the rate reaches 17% is not considered to be material. The deferred tax rate applicable  
to the Group’s US subsidiary was 36% (2016: 36%).

17. INVENTORIES

Group 

Raw materials 
Work in progress and intermediate products 
Finished goods 

2017 
£’000 

22,289 
13,363 
7,226 

42,878 

2016
£’000

12,395
13,476
4,119

29,990

Inventory  with  a  carrying  value  of  £16.2m  (2016:  £11.2m)  has  been  pledged  as  security  in  relation  to  the  Industrial  Development  Loan  
detailed in note 20.

79

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

18. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current 

Trade receivables 
Amounts owed by subsidiaries 
Other receivables 
Prepayments 

Group 

Parent Company

2017 
£’000 

18,096 
— 
1,153 
724 

19,973 

2016 
£’000 

16,250 
— 
852 
751 

17,853 

2017 
£’000 

— 
516 
7 
— 

523 

2016
£’000

—
13
—
—

13

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. Before accepting any new customer, the Group uses a range of information, 
including credit reports, industry data and other publicly or privately available information in order to assess the potential customer’s credit quality 
and determine credit limits by customer, and where appropriate will only accept orders on the basis of cash in advance, or if secured through a 
bank letter of credit. Processes are in place to manage trade receivables and overdue debt and to ensure that appropriate action is taken to resolve 
issues on a timely basis. Credit control operating procedures are in place to review all new customers. Existing customers are reviewed as 
management become aware of any specific changes in circumstances. 

The average credit period taken for trade receivables is as follows:

Group 

Average debtor days 

2017 

57 

2016

66

An impairment review has been undertaken at the balance sheet date to assess whether the carrying amount of financial assets is deemed 
recoverable. The primary credit risk relates to customers which have amounts due outside of their credit period. A provision for impairment  
is made when there is objective evidence of impairment which is usually indicated by a delay in the expected cash flows or non-payment from 
customers. The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of amounts that are individually determined to be impaired as follows:

Group 

Impairment provision 
At start of year 
Released in year 
Provided in year 
Foreign exchange 

Balance at end of year 

2017 
£’000 

308 
(130) 
139 
(3) 

314 

2016
£’000

307
(147)
136
12

308

The impairment of trade receivables has been carried out by the Group’s management based on prior experience and their assessment of the 
current economic environment. 

The Group’s top five customers represent 33% (2016: 29%) of the Group’s turnover. These customers have favourable credit ratings and 
consequently reduce the credit risk of the Group’s overall trade receivables. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other 
receivables approximates to their fair value. The Group holds no collateral against these receivables at the balance sheet date. 

The ageing profile of trade receivables which are past their due date but not impaired is as follows:

Group 

Number of days past the due date: 
1-30 
31-60 
Over 60 

80

2017 
£’000 

1,372 
198 
647 

2016
£’000

1,809
726
1,286

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (continued)

The ageing profile of impaired trade receivables is as follows:

Group 

Number of days past the due date: 
Current 
1-30 
31-60 
Over 60 

2017 
£’000 

— 
— 
— 
314 

2016
£’000

15
2
8
283

The currency risk in respect of trade receivables is managed in conjunction with the other currency risks faced by the Group as part of its overall 
hedging strategy. For further details see note 29 and the Financial Review on pages 16 to 20. The currency exposure within trade receivables, 
analysed by currency, was as follows:

Group 

GB Pound 
US Dollar 
Euro 

2017 
£’000 

3,330 
13,257 
1,917 

2016
£’000

3,245
10,941
1,899

Trade receivables with a carrying value of £7.9m (2016: £6.1m) have been pledged as security in relation to the Industrial Development Loan 
detailed in note 20.

19. CASH AND BANK BALANCES

Group
Cash and bank balances of £4,748,000 (2016: £6,588,000) comprise cash held by the Group and short term deposits with an original maturity  
of one month or less. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value.

A detailed analysis of net cash balances by currency is shown in note 29. All material cash balances are held with the Group’s main banks,  
being Lloyds Banking Group, HSBC and Bank of America. The credit ratings of these banks are considered to be satisfactory.

20. BORROWINGS

Current 

Group 

Term loans 
Bank borrowings 

Non-current 

Group 

Term loans 
UK revolving credit facilities 

2017 
£’000 

3,212 
4,468 

7,680 

2017 
£’000 

585 
6,708 

7,293 

2016
£’000

480
7

487

2016
£’000

827
6,928

7,755

81

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

20. BORROWINGS (continued)

Loans and borrowings
Term loans comprise the following:

Group 

Loan – UK 
Industrial development loan – US  
Equipment financing loans – US 

2017 
£’000 

3,000 
775 
22 

3,797 

2016
£’000

—
1,001
306

1,307

The loan of £3,000,000 (2016: nil) is repayable by 30 April 2018, with an interest rate of 1.2% above UK base rate.

The industrial development loan is repayable by fixed quarterly instalments over 20 years ending on 1 July 2021. The rate of interest payable has 
been fixed at 3.66% for ten years ending on 1 July 2021 by way of an interest rate swap which covers the full term of the loan. The fair value of this 
interest rate swap (based on the mark-to-market valuation provided by Bank of America) at the year-end was £39,000 (2016: £80,000) based on 
year end exchange rates. The fair value of this swap is not included on the balance sheet or through the income statement as the amount involved 
is not material. Similarly, the Directors do not apply hedge accounting in respect of US borrowings due to the lack of materiality of the items involved. 

The equipment financing loan of £22,000 (2016: £306,000) is repayable by fixed monthly instalments over five years ending on 31 December 2017, 
with a fixed interest rate of 2.89%.

The US Dollar overdraft facility (“line of credit”) of $6 million is a three-year facility expiring in 2020. The US term loans and line of credit,  
both held by Treatt USA Inc, are secured by a fixed and floating charge over Treatt USA’s current and non-current assets.

Other borrowings
The Group’s UK facilities are unsecured. UK borrowings of $9m are held on a four year revolving credit facility (RCF) which expires in 2019.  
The rate of interest on $9m of UK revolving credit facilities has been fixed for ten years at a rate of 5.68% through an interest rate swap ending  
on 29 December 2020. Hedge accounting has been applied to the fair value of this swap, details of which are provided in note 29.

Borrowings are repayable as follows:

Group 

– in one year or less 
– in more than one year but not more than two years 
– in more than two years but not more than five years 

2017 
£’000 

7,680  
6,898  
395  

14,973 

2016
£’000

487
219
7,536

8,242

Further information on Group borrowing facilities is given in notes 28 and 29, including a detailed analysis of cash balances by currency.

Borrowing facilities
At 30 September 2017, the Group had total borrowing facilities of £25.9m (2016: £22.4m) of which £14.0m (2016: £3.1m) expires in one year or 
less at the balance sheet date. At 30 September 2017 the Group had access to £15.7m (2016: £20.8m) of financing facilities including its own cash 
balances at that date.

Following year end working capital facilities have been renewed at existing or improved terms thereby reducing the total borrowing facilities which 
expires in one year or less to £2.2m, resulting in all facilities extending longer than one year from the balance sheet date.

21. PROVISIONS

Group 

Onerous contract provision: 
At start of year 
Utilised in year 
Additional provision in year 
Foreign exchange 

Balance at end of year 

2017 
£’000 

67 
(67) 
60 
(3) 

57 

2016
£’000

239
(243)
67
4

67

Onerous contract provisions relate to losses which are or were expected to materialise in the future on fixed price contracts as a result of 
significant increases in certain raw material prices. The onerous contract provision expense is included in cost of sales within the income statement 
and is expected to be utilised in the following financial year.

82

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current 

Trade payables 
Amounts owed to subsidiaries 
Other taxes and social security costs 
Accruals and other creditors 

Group 

Parent Company

2017 
£’000 

13,311 
— 
577 
3,928 

17,816 

2016 
£’000 

9,996 
— 
408 
3,747 

14,151 

2017 
£’000 

— 
416 
1 
70 

487 

2016
£’000

—
711
1
6

718

Trade payables principally comprise amounts for trade purchases and on-going costs. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade 
and other payables approximates to their fair values.

The currency risk in respect of trade payables is managed in conjunction with the other currency risks faced by the Group as part of its overall 
hedging  strategy.  For  further  details  see  note  29  and the  Financial  Review  on  pages  16 to  20.  The  currency  exposure  within trade  payables, 
analysed by currency, was as follows:

Group 

GB Pound 
US Dollar 
Euro 

23. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Group 

Derivative financial assets: 
Current: 
Foreign exchange contracts  

Derivative financial liabilities: 
Current: 
Foreign exchange contracts  
Non-current: 
Interest rate swaps  

The gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments were as follows:

Group 

Income statement: 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Other comprehensive income: 
Interest rate swaps 
Foreign exchange contracts 

Further details on the Group’s hedging policies and derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 29.

2017 
£’000 

1,631 
6,160 
1,207 

2017 
£’000 

483 

483 

— 

403 

403 

2017 
£’000 

2016
£’000

1,407
4,618
1,181

2016
£’000

—

—

9

754

763

2016
£’000

(119) 

(2,196)

351 
308 

659 

(54)
174

120

83

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

24. SHARE CAPITAL

Parent Company and Group 
Called up, allotted and fully paid 

At start of year 
Issued in year 

At end of year 

2017 
£'000 

1,053 
5 

1,058 

2017 
Number 

52,655,170 
250,000 

52,905,170 

2016 
£'000 

1,050 
3 

1,053 

2016
Number

52,495,170
160,000

52,655,170

During the year the Parent Company issued 150,000 (2016: 160,000) ordinary shares of 2p each to the Treatt SIP Trust for the purpose of meeting 
its obligations under an HMRC-approved share incentive plan in the UK. In addition the Parent Company issued 100,000 (2016: Nil) ordinary shares 
of 2p each to the Employee Benefit Trust for the purpose of meeting obligations under employee share option schemes.

The Parent Company has one class of ordinary shares with a nominal value of 2p each, which carry no right to fixed income. 

25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS2 “Share-based Payments”. 

The Group operates executive share option schemes for Directors, senior management and other key employees within the Group in addition to 
issuing UK and US approved savings-related share options for employees of certain subsidiaries. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price 
and will lapse when an employee leaves the Group subject to certain “good leaver” provisions.

The Group also operates an HMRC-approved share incentive plan in the UK, and operates an equivalent scheme for its US employees.

The share-based payments charge was as follows:

Group 

Share option schemes – see (a) below 
Share incentive plans – see (b) below 

Effect of movement in foreign exchange rates 

2017 
£’000 

827 
124 

951 
15 

966 

2016
£’000

514
83

597
(31)

566

84

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

(a) Share option schemes 
Under the schemes listed below, options have been granted to subscribe for the following number of existing ordinary shares of 2p each in the 
capital of the Parent Company. These share options are expected to be settled via the transfer of shares out of the Treatt Employee Benefit Trust.

The equity-settled options which existed during the year were as follows:

UK SAYE1 Scheme 2014 
UK SAYE1 Scheme 2015 
UK SAYE1 Scheme 2016 
UK SAYE1 Scheme 2017 
US ESPP2 Scheme 2016 
US ESPP2 Scheme 2017 
UK LTIP3 Scheme 2014 
US LTIP3 Scheme 2014 
UK LTIP3 Scheme 2015 
US LTIP3 Scheme 2015 
UK LTIP3 Scheme 2016 
US LTIP3 Scheme 2016 
UK LTIP3 Scheme 2017 
US LTIP3 Scheme 2017 
US Executive4 Options 2012 
UK Executive4 Options 2013 
US Executive4 Options 2013 
UK Executive4 Options 2014 
US Executive4 Options 2014 
UK Executive4 Options 2015 
US Executive4 Options 2015 
UK Executive4 Options 2016 

Number of share 
options outstanding 

Number 
exercised in year 

Exercise price  
per share 

43,032 
167,070 
235,933 
102,143 
— 
15,235 
48,131 
— 
115,320 
113,993 
109,033 
124,680 
27,034 
52,213 
97,740 
— 
51,965 
128,400 
164,816 
110,678 
175,708 
172,746 

137,993 
6,226 
1,231 
— 
31,077 
— 
52,151 
75,061 
12,089 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
6,790 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

138.0p 
132.0p 
138.0p 
413.0p 
148.0p 
404.0p 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
79.0p 
147.2p 
147.2p 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 

Date option
 exercisable

Sep 2017 – Feb 2018
Sep 2018 – Feb 2019
Sep 2019 – Feb 2020
Sep 2020 – Feb 2021
July 2017
July 2018
June 2017 – June 2024
June 2017 – March 2018
June 2018 – June 2025
June 2018 – March 2019
Dec 2019 – Dec 2026
June 2019 – June 2026
Dec 2020 – Mar 2020
June 2020 – June 2027
Dec 2017 – Mar 2021
Dec 2016 – Dec 2023
Dec 2018 – Dec 2023
Dec 2017 – Dec 2024
Dec 2017 – Dec 2024
Dec 2018 – Dec 2025
Dec 2018 – March 2019
Dec 2019 – Dec 2025

1 The SAYE schemes are HMRC-approved Save As You Earn share option plans, which vest after three years. Options are forfeited where employees choose to leave 
the Group before the end of the three year period.

2 The ESPP schemes are IRS-approved Employee Stock Purchase Plans, which vest after one year. Options are forfeited where employees choose to leave the 
Group before the end of the vesting period.

3 Share options are awarded to certain key employees in the UK and US under a Long Term Incentive Plan. All awards are nil-cost options which vest, subject  
to achievement of the relevant performance conditions, after three years and can be exercised over the following seven years in the UK, or upon vesting in the US.  
Save as permitted in the LTIP rules, awards lapse on an employee leaving the Group. 

4 Details of the Executive options are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

85

Financial Statements 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

The  fair value  per  option  granted  using the  “Black-Scholes”  model,  and the  assumptions  used  in the  share-based  payments  calculations,  
are as follows:

All-employee share schemes: 

SAYE 2014  

SAYE 2015  

SAYE 2016 

SAYE 2017  

US ESPP 2016  

US ESPP 2017

Share price at date of grant 
Contractual life 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 
Expected cancellations 
Expected forfeitures 
Fair value per option at date of grant 

172.5p 
3.5 years 
3.5 years 
23.4% 
2.02% 
2.2% 
10.0% 
5.5%* 
39.0p 

165.0p 
3.5 years 
3.5 years 
23.3% 
1.52% 
2.4% 
10.0% 
11.0% 
35.6 p 

172.5p 
3.5 years 
3 years 
20.7% 
0.36% 
2.4% 
10.0% 
6.0% 
31.7p 

516.3p 
3.5 years 
3 years 
25.6% 
0.49% 
0.9% 
10.0% 
1.0% 
123.0p 

172.5p 
1 year 
1 year 
19.4% 
0.36% 
2.4% 
10.0% 
0.0%* 
21.6p 

475.0p
1 year
1 year
32.0%
0.49%
0.9%
10.0%
0.0%*
87.0p

Key-employee share schemes: 

UK LTIP 2014 

US LTIP 2014 

UK LTIP 2015 

US LTIP 2015 

UK LTIP 2016 

US LTIP 2016 

UK LTIP 2017

174.0p 
3.2 years 
3 years 
23.3% 
2.02% 
2.2% 
0.0% 
0.0%* 
162.1p 

158.0p 
10 years 
10 years 
23.3% 
1.44% 
2.5% 
0.0% 
3.0% 
123.6p 

158.0p 
3.2 years 
3 years 
23.3% 
1.44% 
2.5% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
146.0p 

170.0p 
10 years 
5 years 
20.7% 
0.86% 
2.4% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
150.7p 

170.0p 
3.2 years 
3.2 years 
20.7% 
0.86% 
2.4% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
157.3p 

503.5p
10 years
5 years
25.6%
0.51%
0.9%
0.0%
0.0%
481.7p

Share price at date of grant 
Contractual life 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 
Expected cancellations 
Expected forfeitures 
Fair value per option at date of grant 

Share price at date of grant 
Contractual life 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 
Expected cancellations 
Expected forfeitures 
Fair value per option at date of grant 

174.0p 
10 years 
10 years 
23.4% 
2.02% 
2.2% 
0.0% 
0.0%* 
139.5p 

US LTIP 2017 

516.3p 
3.2 years 
3.2 years 
25.6% 
0.49% 
0.9% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
502.2p 

Executive share schemes: 

US Exec 2012 

UK Exec 2013 

US Exec 2013 

UK Exec 2014 

US Exec 2014 

UK Exec 2015 

US Exec 2015

147.2p 
10 years 
10 years 
23.6% 
1.70% 
2.5% 
0.0% 
0.0%* 
30.0p 

147.2p 
10 years 
10 years 
23.3% 
1.70% 
2.5% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
29.6p 

139.7p 
10 years 
10 years 
23.4% 
1.26% 
2.7% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
106.1p 

139.7p 
10 years 
10 years 
23.4% 
1.26% 
2.7% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
106.1p 

164.5p 
10 years 
5 years 
23.3% 
1.25% 
2.5% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
145.5p 

164.5p
10 years
5 years
23.3%
1.25%
2.5%
0.0%
0.0%
145.5p

78.0p 
10 years 
10 years 
21.7% 
0.84% 
4.0% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
8.45p 

UK Exec 2016 

273.5p 
10 years 
5 years 
20.7% 
0.57% 
1.6% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
252.3p 

Share price at date of grant 
Contractual life 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 
Expected cancellations 
Expected forfeitures 
Fair value per option at date of grant 

Share price at date of grant 
Contractual life 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 
Expected cancellations 
Expected forfeitures 
Fair value per option at date of grant 

*Actual forfeiture experienced.

86

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over a period equivalent to the vesting period  
of the respective options prior to their date of grant.

The risk-free interest rate was based on the simple average of the historical daily gilt yields quoted for five year benchmark gilts during the month 
in which a grant of options is made.

Details of movements in share options during the year were as follows:

Outstanding at start of year 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Expired during the year 
Cancelled during the year 

Outstanding at end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

2017 

No of options 

2017 
Weighted average 
exercise price 

2016 

No of options 

2016
Weighted average 
exercise price

2,054,300 
369,625 
(37,757) 
(322,618) 
(5,335) 
(2,345) 

2,055,870 

91,163 

£0.45 
£1.31 
£1.24 
£0.79 
£1.35 
£1.38 

£0.60 

£0.65 

1,441,505 
805,756 
(22,837) 
(158,973) 
— 
(11,151) 

2,054,300 

— 

£0.61
£0.47
£1.33
£1.04
—
£1.36

£0.45

—

Forfeiture arises when the employee is no longer entitled to participate in the savings-related share option scheme as a consequence of leaving 
the Group whereas cancellation arises when a participant voluntarily chooses to cease their membership of a scheme within the vesting period. 

The options outstanding had a weighted average remaining contractual period of 5.5 years (2016: 6.5 years). The weighted average actual market 
share price on date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was 480.6 pence (2016: 179.8 pence) and the weighted average fair 
value of options granted during the year was 261.8 pence (2016: 107.3 pence).

(b) Share incentive plans
All UK-based employees are eligible to participate in an HMRC-approved SIP once they have been with the Group for a qualifying period of up to 
twelve months. US employees participate in a similar scheme through the use of nil cost Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”). During the year UK 
employees were awarded £550 (2016: £525) of “Free Shares”, and US employees $850 (2016: $825) of RSUs, in Treatt plc. There are no vesting 
conditions attached to the Free Shares or RSUs, other than being continuously employed by the Group for three years from the date of grant.  
UK employees can also buy shares in Treatt plc out of pre-tax income, subject to an annual HMRC limit, currently £1,800. These shares are called 
“Partnership Shares” and are held in trust on behalf of the employee. The employees must take their shares out of the plan on leaving the Group. 
For every Partnership Share acquired during the year, one “Matching Share” was awarded under the rules of the SIP. Matching Shares are subject 
to the same forfeiture rules as Free Shares.

Details of the movements in the SIP were as follows:

Outstanding at start of year 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Released during the year 

Outstanding at end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

No of free and matching shares 
2016 
2017 

147,548 
59,598 
(9,619) 
(16,673) 

53,303 
102,556 
(3,614) 
(4,697) 

180,854 

147,548 

— 

— 

No of nil cost RSUs

2016

21,228
21,248
(4,188)
—

38,288

—

2017 

38,288 
16,864 
(248) 
— 

54,904 

— 

In accordance with IFRS 2, no valuation model is required to calculate the fair value of awards under the SIPs. The fair value of an equity-based 
payment under the SIPs is the face value of the award on the date of grant because the participants are entitled to receive the full value of the 
shares and there are no market-based performance conditions attached to the awards.

87

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

26. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

Group
The Group operates a wholly-funded defined benefit pension scheme for certain UK employees. The scheme’s assets are held separately from  
the assets of the Group and are administered by trustees and managed professionally. From 1 October 2001 this scheme was closed to new 
entrants and from 1 January 2013 was not subject to any further accruals. Instead members of the final salary pension scheme became eligible 
for membership of a defined contribution pension plan with effect from 1 January 2013.

Defined contribution schemes are operated on behalf of eligible employees, the assets of which are held separately from those of the Group  
in independently administered funds.

The pension charge for the year was made up as follows:

Defined contribution schemes 
Other pension costs 

2017 
£’000 

732 
24 

756 

2016
£’000

737
24

761

Defined benefit pension scheme
The Group accounts for pensions in accordance with IAS 19, “Employee Benefits”, details of which are as follows:

The valuation used for IAS 19 disclosures in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme (“the scheme”) has been based on the most recent 
actuarial valuation at 1 January 2015 carried out by Barnett Waddingham and updated by Mrs L Lawson, a Fellow of the Institute and Faculty  
of Actuaries, to take account of the requirements of IAS 19 in order to assess the liabilities of the scheme at 30 September 2017. Scheme assets 
are stated at their market value as at that date.

The scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective under the Pensions Act 2004. A valuation of the scheme is carried out at least once 
every three years to determine whether the Statutory Funding Objective is met. As part of the process the Group must agree with the trustees  
of the scheme the contributions to be paid to address any shortfall against the Statutory Funding Objective. The Statutory Funding Objective does 
not currently impact on the recognition of the scheme in these financial statements.

The scheme is managed by a board of trustees appointed in part by the company and part from elections by members of the Scheme. The trustees 
have responsibility for obtaining valuations of the fund, administering benefit payments and investing the scheme's assets. The trustees delegate 
some of these functions to their professional advisers where appropriate.

The scheme exposes the Group to a number of risks:

Investment risk: The scheme holds investments in asset classes, such as equities, which have volatile market values and while these assets are 
expected to provide real returns over the long term, the short-term volatility can cause additional funding to be required if a deficit emerges.

Interest rate risk: The scheme's liabilities are assessed using market yields on high quality corporate bonds to discount the liabilities. As the scheme 
holds assets such as equities the value of the assets and liabilities may not move in the same way.

Inflation risk: A proportion of the benefits under the scheme are linked to inflation. Although the scheme's assets are expected to provide a good 
hedge against inflation over the long term, movements over the short-term could lead to deficits emerging.

Mortality risk: In the event that members live longer than assumed a greater deficit will emerge in the scheme.

Member options: Certain benefit options may be exercised by members without requiring the consent of the trustees or the company, for example 
exchanging pension for cash at retirement. In this example, if fewer members than expected exchange pension for cash at retirement then a funding 
strain will emerge.

The assets do not include any investment in shares of the Group and there were no plan amendments, curtailments or settlements during  
the period. The disclosure liability makes no allowance for discretionary benefits.

88

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (continued)

The financial assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities and assets under IAS 19 are:

Discount rate 
Rate of inflation (RPI) 
Rate of inflation (CPI) 
Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 5% 
Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 3% 
Rate of increase in pensions in payment – CPI max 2.5% 
Revaluation in deferment 

Mortality table  
Commutation allowance 
Proportion married (at retirement or earlier death) 
Rate of increase in salaries 
Life expectancy for male aged 65 in 20 years’ time 
Life expectancy for female aged 65 in 20 years’ time 
Life expectancy for male aged 65 now 
Life expectancy for female aged 65 now 

2017 

2016

2.85% 
3.40% 
2.40% 
2.40% 
2.20% 
2.05% 
2.40% 
100% of S2PxA table with  
CMI_2015 projections 
with a long term average 
rate of improvement of 
1.25% pa 
20% 
75% 
N/A 
24.0 
26.2 
22.3 
24.3 

2.60%
3.25%
2.25%
2.25%
2.10%
1.95%
2.25%
100% of S2PxA table with
CMI_2015 projections
with a long term average
rate of improvement of
1.25% pa
20%
75%
N/A
23.9
26.1
22.2
24.2

Effect of the scheme on future cash flows
The Group is required to agree a schedule of contributions with the trustees of the scheme following a valuation which must be carried out at least 
once every three years. The latest valuation of the scheme took place as at 1 January 2015. The valuation revealed that there was a funding surplus 
in the scheme as at that date of £314,000, being a funding level of 102%. It was agreed with the trustees that, consequently, the Group could cease 
making contributions to the scheme for the foreseeable future. It was further agreed that if the annual actuarial funding update revealed that the 
scheme funding level had fallen to below 95%, then contributions would be resumed. The actuarial funding update as at 30 September 2017 
revealed an actuarial deficit of £336,000 (2016: deficit of £1,676,000), being a funding level of 98% (2016: 92%). The Group has therefore agreed 
with the trustees to cease on-going contributions to its defined benefit pension scheme in 2018 (2017: £300,000). The weighted average duration 
of the defined benefit obligation is approximately 18 years.

Scheme assets: 
Equities 
Target return funds 
Bonds 
Other 

Fair value of scheme assets 
Present value of funded obligations (scheme liabilities) 

Deficit in the scheme recognised in the balance sheet 
Related deferred tax 

Net pension liability 

Changes in scheme liabilities 
Balance at start of year 
Interest cost 
Benefits paid 
Remeasurement losses: 
  Actuarial gain arising from changes to demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial gain/(loss) arising from changes in financial assumptions 

2017 
£’000 

11,135 
5,599 
4,152 
83 

20,969 
(26,790) 

(5,821) 
990 

(4,831) 

(27,252) 
(699) 
719 

— 
442 

2016
£’000

10,025
5,499
4,189
138

19,851
(27,252)

(7,401)
1,258

(6,143)

(21,251)
(835)
770

1,005
(6,941)

Balance at end of year 

(26,790)  

(27,252)

Changes in scheme assets 
Balance at start of period 
Interest on scheme assets 
Employer contributions 
Benefits paid 
Remeasurement gains: 
  Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest expense) 

Balance at end of year 

19,851 
511 
300 
(719) 

1,026 

20,969 

18,292
716
(26)
(770)

1,639

19,851

89

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

26. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (continued)

Amount charged to finance costs 
Interest on scheme assets 
Interest on scheme liabilities 

Net finance expense 

 Net expense recognised in income statement 

Amount recognised in statement of comprehensive income 
Gain on scheme assets in excess of interest 
Gain from changes to demographic assumptions 
Gain/(loss) from changes to financial assumptions 

Remeasurement gain/(loss) recognised in statement of comprehensive income 

Actual return on scheme assets 

 Cumulative remeasurement loss recognised in statement of comprehensive income  

Approximate effect of change of assumptions on liability values at 30 September 2017:

Reduce discount rate by 0.25% pa 
Increase inflation and all related assumptions by 0.1% pa 
Increase life expectancy by one year 

2017 
£’000 

511 
(699) 

(188) 

(188) 

1,026 
— 
442 

1,468 

1,537 

(6,980) 

2016
£’000

716
(835)

(119)

(119)

1,639
1,005
(6,941)

(4,297)

2,355

(8,448)

Increase liability by:
£’000

1,309
380
1,135

The above sensitivities are approximate and only show the likely effect of an assumption being adjusted whilst all other assumptions remain  
the same. The assumptions used in preparing this sensitivity analysis are unchanged from the prior year.

27. COMMITMENTS UNDER OPERATING LEASES

The Group as lessee
As at 30 September 2017, the Group had total commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases which fall 
due as follows:

Within one year 
In one to two years 
In two to five years 
In more than five years 

2017 
£’000 

85 
56 
64 
3 

208 

2016
£’000

61
25
27
—

113

The Group as lessor
As at 30 September 2017, the Group had contracted with tenants for the following future minimum lease payments which fall due as follows:

Within one year 

Details of lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year are disclosed in note 5.

2017 
£’000 

9 

2016
£’000

8

90

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Parent Company
The Parent Company has guaranteed the Industrial Development Loan and “Line of Credit” for Treatt USA Inc. At the balance sheet date the liability 
covered by this guarantee amounted to US$1,040,000 (£775,000) (2016: US$1,300,000 (£1,001,000)).

The Parent Company has also guaranteed certain bank borrowings of its UK subsidiaries R C Treatt & Co Limited and Earthoil Plantations Limited. 
At the year-end the liabilities covered by this guarantee amounted to £12,843,000 (2016: £4,006,000).

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Parent Company and Group
Capital risk management
The Group and Parent Company manage their capital to ensure that entities in the Group continue as going concerns whilst maximising returns to 
stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt and equity shareholders’ 
funds. The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. Board policy is to operate with a mix of short and medium term 
borrowings. The Group has a mix of facilities, including a £2m three year revolving credit facility with Lloyds Banking Group and a $9m four year 
revolving credit facility with HSBC in the UK, together with a $6m four year line of credit facility with Bank of America in the US. None of these 
facilities expire in the same financial years and all bank facilities are operated independently and are therefore not syndicated. The Group’s net debt 
position is monitored daily and reviewed by management on a weekly basis. Further details of the Group’s capital management are given in the 
Chairman’s Statement, Chief Executive Officer’s Report and Financial Review on pages 10 to 20.

Categories of financial instruments
In the following table those financial instruments which are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value are required to be grouped  
into levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

• 

• 

• 

 level 1 – fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 level 2 – fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the 
asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

 level 3 – fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Group 

Parent Company

Financial assets 
Redeemable loan notes receivable from subsidiaries 
Trade receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments  
  – forward currency contracts (level 2) 

Financial liabilities 
Redeemable loan notes payable 
Trade payables 
Bank borrowings 
UK term loan 
UK revolving credit facilities 
US term loans 
Derivative financial instruments  
  – forward currency contracts (level 2) 
Derivative financial instruments – interest rate swap (level 2) 

2017 
£’000 

— 
18,096 
4,748 

483 

23,327 

2017 
£’000 

— 
13,311 
4,468 
3,000 
6,708 
797 

— 
403 

Group 

2016 
£’000 

— 
16,250 
6,588 

— 

22,838 

2016 
£’000 

675 
9,996 
7 
— 
6,928 
1,307 

9 
754 

28,687 

19,676 

2017 
£’000 

— 
— 
2,590 

— 

2,590 

2017 
£’000 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

2016
£’000

1,350
—
1,399

—

2,749

Parent Company

2016
£’000

675
—
—
—
—
—

—
—

675

91

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities is not considered to be significantly different from their carrying values. 

Financial risk management objectives
The Group and Parent Company collate information from across the business and report to the Board on key financial risks. These risks include 
credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and currency risk. The Group has policies in place, which have been approved by the Board, to manage 
these risks. The Group does not enter into traded financial instruments as the costs involved currently outweigh the risks they seek to protect 
against. Speculative purchases of financial instruments are not made.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group or Parent Company. 
The  Group’s  credit  risk  is  primarily  attributable to  its trade  receivables  and  details  of  how this  risk  is  managed  are  explained  in  note  18.  
The credit risk on liquid funds is limited because the counterparties are banks with good credit ratings assigned by international credit rating 
agencies as outlined in note 19. The Directors are of the opinion that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The carrying amount of 
financial assets recorded in the financial statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group and Parent Company’s maximum 
exposure to credit risk.

The loan notes receivable by the Parent Company are made up as follows:

Parent Company 

Variable Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2015 (A) 
Variable Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2015 (B) 

2017 
£’000 

— 
— 

— 

2016
£’000

950
400

1,350

As disclosed in note 30, the loan notes were receivable by the Parent Company from two of its subsidiaries, comprising the Earthoil Group and 
were repaid during the year. 

92

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Liquidity risk management
Liquidity  risk  refers to the  risk that the  Group  may  not  be  able to  fund the  day to  day  running  of the  Group.  Liquidity  risk  is  reviewed  by  
the Board at all Board meetings. The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring actual and forecast cash flows and matching the maturity profiles 
of financial assets and liabilities. The Group also monitors the drawdown of debt against the available banking facilities and reviews the level  
of reserves. Liquidity risk management ensures sufficient debt funding is available for the Group’s day to day needs. Board policy is to maintain  
a reasonable headroom of unused committed bank facilities.

The Group has a number of debt facilities, details of which, including their terms and maturity profile, are given in note 20.

The Board also monitors the Group’s banking covenants which are calculated under IFRS. There were no breaches during the year or prior period.

Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on short to medium term borrowings primarily with three major institutions being HSBC, Lloyds Banking 
Group and Bank of America. The risk is managed by maintaining borrowings with several institutions across a number of currencies, principally US 
Dollar and Sterling. Long term financing is primarily used to finance long term capital investment.

The Group hedges a portion of its interest rate risk through an interest rate swap which has the effect of fixing the interest rate on a notional principal 
of US$9 million of borrowings. The interest rate swap is for a period of ten years ending in 2020 and swaps variable 3 month US LIBOR for a fixed 
rate of 5.68%. The Group has complied with the requirements of IAS39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” and designated this 
interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge. The hedge was 100% effective during the period and is expected to be going forward, and consequently 
the carrying value (which is the same as the fair value) of the interest rate swap has been taken to the hedging reserve, and the corresponding 
liability was as follows:

Derivative financial instruments 
Non-current liabilities 

Interest rate swaps 

2017 
£’000 

403 

2016
£’000

754

The fair value of the interest rate swap equates to the mark-to-market valuation of the swap provided by HSBC and represents the amount which 
the Group would expect to pay in order to close the swap contract at the balance sheet date. 

The gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps was as follows: 

Group 

Other comprehensive income 

2017 
£’000 

351 

2016
£’000

(54)

The derivative financial instrument for the interest rate swap described above is classified as level 2.

93

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Interest rate risk management (continued)
Interest rate risk is further diversified by having a mix of fixed and floating rate borrowings, as well as holding borrowings in a range of currencies 
as follows:

Group 

Bank borrowings: 
US Dollars 
Sterling* 
Other* 

Total Net Debt 
Loan notes payable: 
Sterling 

Floating rate 
financial liabilities 

Fixed rate 
financial liabilities 

Total

2017 
£’000 

(869) 
2,790 
799 

2,720 

— 

2,720 

2016 
£’000 

(5,060) 
(762) 
(759) 

(6,581) 

675 

(5,906) 

2017 
£’000 

7,505 
— 
— 

7,505 

— 

7,505 

2016 
£’000 

8,235 
— 
— 

8,235 

— 

8,235 

2017 
£’000 

6,636 
2,790 
799 

10,225 

— 

10,225 

2016
£’000

3,175
(762)
(759)

1,654

675

2,329

*Bank borrowings are shown net of positive cash balances as rights of set-off exist.

The Parent Company bank balances were all held in Sterling.

Interest on floating rate bank deposits is based on UK base rates or currency LIBOR as applicable. Interest on bank overdrafts is charged at  
1.2%-2.25% above bank base or currency LIBOR rates. 

Fixed rate financial liabilities comprise the Industrial Development Loan of US$1,040,000 (2016: US$1,300,000), equipment financing term loans 
of $29,000 (2016: $398,000) and $9,000,000 revolving credit facility (see note 20). 

The loan notes payable by the Parent Company and Group are made up as follows:

Parent Company 

Series A Variable Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2015 
Series B Variable Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2015 

2017 
£’000 

— 
— 

— 

2016
£’000

475
200

675

Following the settlement of the Earthoil earnout legal dispute, the loan notes were settled during the financial year. 

Interest rate sensitivity analysis has been performed on the floating rate financial liabilities to illustrate the impact on Group profits if interest rates 
increased or decreased. This analysis assumes the liabilities outstanding at the period end, after taking account of rights of set off, were outstanding 
for the whole period. A 100 bps increase or decrease has been used, comprising management’s assessment of reasonably possible changes in 
interest rates. If interest rates had been 100 bps higher or lower, then profit before taxation for the year ended 30 September 2017 would have 
decreased or increased as follows:

Impact on profit before tax of 1% interest rate movement 

Group 

Parent Company

2017 
£’000 

120 

2016 
£’000 

89 

2017 
£’000 

— 

2016
£’000

(7)

It has been assumed that all other variables remained the same when preparing the interest rate sensitivity analysis and that floating rate short 
term bank borrowings in the same currency are netted against each other for the purpose of interest rate calculation.

94

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Foreign currency risk management
Foreign currency risk management occurs at a transactional level on revenues and purchases in foreign currencies and at a translational level in 
relation to the translation of overseas operations. The Group’s main foreign exchange risk is the US Dollar. Board policy is for UK businesses to 
mitigate US Dollar transactional exposures by holding borrowings in US Dollars and Euros as well as by entering into foreign currency forward 
contracts and options. Further details of the Group’s foreign currency risk management can be found in the Chairman’s Statement, Chief Executive 
Officer’s Report and Financial Review on pages 10 to 20.

The following table details the forward and option contracts outstanding at the year end:

As at 30 September 2017 

US Dollars: 
Forward contract to sell US Dollars in 3 months 
Forward contract to sell US Dollars in 6 months 
Euros: 
Forward contract to sell Euros in 3 months  
Forward contract to sell Euros in 6 months  

As at 30 September 2016 

US Dollars: 
Forward contract to sell US Dollars in 3 months 
Forward contract to sell US Dollars in 6 months 
Euros: 
Forward contract to sell Euros in 3 months 
Forward contract to sell Euros in 6 months 

Average 
contract rate 

1.296 
1.301 

1.097 
1.096 

Average 
contract rate 

1.299 
1.303 

1.161 
1.158 

Nominal 
currency 
‘000 

$8,400 
$8,400 

€1,500 
€1,500 

Nominal 
currency 
‘000 

$6,750 
$6,750 

€1,375 
€1,375 

Contract 
GBP 
£’000 

6,481 
6,456 

1,367 
1,369 

Contract 
GBP 
£’000 

5,195 
5,182 

1,185 
1,187 

Fair value 
gain
£’000

205
196

42
40

483

Fair value 
gain/(loss)
£’000

1
(2)

(4)
(4)

(9)

The derivative financial instruments for the foreign currency contracts and options described above are all held as cash flow hedges and are 
classified as level 2. The fair value of the foreign currency contracts at the year end equate to the mark-to-market valuation of the contracts and 
options provided by HSBC and Lloyds Banking Group. These represent the amounts which the Group would expect to pay in order to close these 
contracts at the balance sheet date. 

The gain/(loss) on foreign currency financial instruments during the year was as follows:

Group 

Income statement 
Other comprehensive income 

2017 
£’000 

(119) 
308 

189 

2016
£’000

(2,196)
175

(2,021)

The Group’s currency exposure, being those exposures arising from transactions where the net currency gains and losses will be recognised in the 
income statement, is as follows:

Net foreign currency financial (liabilities)/assets:   

US Dollar 
Other 

2017 
£’000 

(4,820) 
(12) 

(4,832) 

2016
£’000

(1,433)
1,644

211

95

Financial Statements 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 September 2017 (continued)

29. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Foreign currency risk management (continued)
A currency sensitivity analysis has been performed on the financial assets and liabilities to sensitivity of a 10% increase/decrease in the Pounds 
Sterling to US Dollar exchange rate. A 10% strengthening of the US Dollar has been used, comprising management’s assessment of reasonably 
possible changes in US Dollar exchange rates. The impact on profit for the period in the income statement would be a gain/(loss) on net monetary 
assets or liabilities as follows:

Group 

Impact of 10% strengthening of US Dollar against GB Pound 

2017 
£’000 

2016
£’000

(536) 

(159)

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk since it is limited to the year-end 
exposure and does not reflect the exposure during the year.

30. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following transactions were carried out with related parties:

Group
Remuneration of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate. Further information about 
the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 52 to 55.

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 
Employers’ social security costs 
Pension contributions to money purchase schemes 
Share-based payments 

2017 
£’000 

1,139 
96 
53 
341 

1,629 

2016
£’000

1,071
90
55
215

1,431

During the year no Directors (2016: nil) were members of a defined benefit pension scheme as the scheme was closed to future accrual  
with  effect  from  31  December  2012.  The  aggregate  accumulated total  pension  payable  at  age  65  as  at  30  September  2017  was  £13,000  
(2016: £21,000) per annum.

Parent Company
Transactions with subsidiaries:

Interest received from: 
  Earthoil Plantations Limited 
  Earthoil Africa EPZ Limited 

Dividends received from: 
  R C Treatt & Co Limited 
  Treatt USA Inc 

Balances with subsidiaries:

Redeemable loan notes receivable: 
  Earthoil Plantations Limited 
  Earthoil Africa EPZ Limited 

Amounts owed to/(by) Parent Company:  
  Earthoil Plantations Limited 
  R C Treatt & Co Limited 

2017 
£’000 

9 
4 

1,977 
2,167 

2017 
£’000 

— 
— 

(416) 
516 

2016
£’000

4
2

1,862
1,037

2016
£’000

950
400

13
(712)

The redeemable loan notes were redeemed in full during the financial year. Amounts owed to the Parent Company are unsecured and will  
be settled in cash.

96

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE 
ATTENTION. IF YOU ARE IN ANY DOUBT AS TO WHAT ACTION TO TAKE 
YOU ARE RECOMMENDED TO CONSULT YOUR STOCKBROKER, SOLICITOR, 
ACCOUNTANT OR OTHER INDEPENDENT ADVISER AUTHORISED UNDER  
THE FINANCIAL SERVICES AND MARKETS ACT 2000.

If you have sold or transferred all of your ordinary shares in Treatt plc, you should pass this document, together with the accompanying form 
of proxy, to the person through whom the sale or transfer was made for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

Notice of the Annual General Meeting which has been convened for 26 January 2018 at 10.30 am at The Athenaeum, Angel Hill, Town Centre,  
Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, IP33 1LU is set out below. 

To be valid, forms of proxy must be completed and returned in accordance with the instructions printed thereon so as to be received by the 
Company’s registrars, Link Asset Services (formally Capita Asset Services), PXS1, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4ZF as soon as 
possible and in any event not later than 48 hours (excluding weekends and public holidays) before the time appointed for holding the meeting.

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders 
of Treatt plc (the “Company”) will be held at The Athenaeum, Angel Hill, 
Town Centre, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, IP33 1LU on 26 January 2018, 
at 10.30 am for the transaction of the following business:

Special Business
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions, of 
which Resolutions 8 and 9 will be proposed as Ordinary Resolutions 
and Resolutions 10 and 11 will be proposed as Special Resolutions.

Ordinary Business
1.    To receive the audited accounts and related reports of the Directors 

and Auditors for the year ended 30 September 2017.

8.  Approval of Remuneration Policy 

THAT: 
The Remuneration Policy be and is hereby approved.

2.  To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

9.  Authority to allot securities 

3.   To  approve  a  final  dividend  of  3.35p  per  share  on  the  ordinary 
shares of the Company for the year ended 30 September 2017.

4.   To re-elect Tim Jones as a Director of the Company.

5.   To re-elect Richard Hope as a Director of the Company.

6.   To re-appoint RSM UK Audit LLP as Auditors of the Company, to 
hold office from the conclusion of this meeting until the conclusion 
of the next Annual General Meeting. 

7.   To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the 

Auditors of the Company.

THAT:
In  accordance  with  section  551  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the 
“Act”) the Directors be and are hereby generally and unconditionally 
authorised to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares 
in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert 
any security into, shares in the Company (the “Rights”) within the 
terms of the restrictions and provisions following; namely:

(i)  this  authority  shall  (unless  previously  revoked,  varied  or 
renewed) expire on the earlier of the date of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company following the passing of this 
resolution number 9 and 26 April 2019; and 

(ii)  this  authority  shall  be  limited  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal 
amount of £349,174 (representing approximately 33 per cent of 
the existing issued share capital of the Company as at the date 
of this notice). 

  The power granted pursuant to this resolution shall allow and enable 
the Directors to make offers, and enter into agreements before the 
expiry of such authority which would or might require shares to be 
allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors 
may allot shares or grant Rights under any such offer or agreement 
as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

97

Other Information 
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (continued)

10. Disapplication of pre-emption rights for up to 5% of existing  

11. Authority to purchase own shares 

share capital 
THAT:

  Conditionally  upon  the  passing  of  resolution  9  above  and  in 
accordance  with  Section  570  of  the  Act,  the  Directors  be  and 
are  hereby  given  power  to  allot  equity  securities  pursuant  to  the 
authority conferred by resolution 9 above as if Section 561 of the 
said Act did not apply to any such allotment provided that:

(i)   the power hereby granted shall be limited:

(aa)  to the allotment of equity securities in connection with 
or pursuant to an offer by way of a rights issue to the 
holders  of  shares  in  the  Company  and  other  persons 
entitled to participate therein, in the proportion (as nearly 
as may be) to such holders' holdings of such shares (or, 
as appropriate, to the number of shares which such other 
persons are for these purposes deemed to hold) subject 
only  to  such  exclusions  or  other  arrangements  as  the 
Directors may feel necessary or expedient to deal with 
treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates or 
legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws 
of, any territory; and

(bb)  to  the  allotment  (otherwise  than  pursuant  to  sub-
paragraph (i)(aa) of this resolution) of equity securities up 
to an aggregate nominal amount of £52,905 (representing 
approximately  5  per  cent  of  the  existing  issued  share 
capital of the Company as at the date of this notice);

(ii)  the power hereby granted shall expire on the earlier of the date 
of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company following 
the passing of this Resolution and 26 April 2019;

  The said power shall allow and enable the Directors to make an 
offer or agreement before the expiry of this power which would 
or might require securities to be allotted (or treasury shares to be 
sold)  after  such  expiry  of this  power  and the  Directors  may  allot 
equity securities (or sell treasury shares) pursuant to such offer or 
agreement as if the power conferred herein had not expired

By order of the Board 

ANITA STEER 
Secretary 
14 December 2017 

THAT:

  The Company is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised to 
make market purchases (within the meaning of Section 693 of the 
Act) of ordinary shares of 2p each in the capital of the Company 
("ordinary shares") provided that:

(i)  the  maximum  number  of  ordinary  shares  authorised  to  be 
purchased is 5,290,517 (representing approximately 10 per cent 
of the present issued share capital of the Company);

(ii)  the minimum price (excluding stamp duty, dealing or other costs) 
which may be paid for an ordinary share so purchased is 2p;

(iii) the maximum price which may be paid for an ordinary share so 
purchased is an amount equal to 5 per cent above the average 
of the middle market quotations shown for an ordinary share 
in The London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the five 
business days immediately preceding the day on which that 
ordinary share is purchased;

(iv) the authority hereby conferred shall expire at the conclusion of 
the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held in 2019, 
unless such authority is renewed, varied or revoked prior to 
such time; and

(v)  the Company may prior to the expiry of such authority make 
a  contract  to  purchase  ordinary  shares  under  the  authority 
hereby conferred which will or may be executed wholly or partly 
after the expiry of such authority, and may make a purchase of 
ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

Registered Office:

Northern Way 
Bury St. Edmunds 
Suffolk IP32 6NL

The note on voting procedures and general rights of shareholders, together with explanatory notes on the resolutions to be put to the meeting, 
which follow on pages 99 to 101 form part of this notice.

Due to the level of shareholder attendance in recent years, and capacity restraints, we are unfortunately unable to hold our AGM at our site  
in Northern Way, Bury St. Edmunds in 2018. We are therefore moving the location of the AGM to the Athenaeum in Bury St. Edmunds  
(address above). We appreciate a benefit of holding the AGM on site is that it provides shareholders with an opportunity to attend a site tour 
and consequently we plan to hold a ‘Shareholder Open Day’ in the spring/summer of 2018, participation permitting. To receive further details 
in due course please register your interest by emailing cosec@treatt.com or calling the CoSec team on 01284 702500.

98

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTE ON VOTING PROCEDURES AND GENERAL RIGHTS  
OF SHAREHOLDERS:
Only those persons entered in the Register of Members of the Company 
(the Register) as at close of business on 24 January 2018 (the Record 
Date) shall be entitled to attend or vote at the AGM in respect of the 
number  of  ordinary  shares  in  the  capital  of  the  Company  registered  
in  their  names  at  that  time.  Changes  to  entries  on  the  Register  for 
certificated or uncertificated shares of the Company after the Record 
Date shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to 
attend or vote at the AGM. Should the AGM be adjourned to a time not 
more than 48 hours after the Record Date, that time will also apply for 
the purpose of determining the entitlement of members to attend and 
vote (and for the purpose of determining the number of votes they may 
cast) at the adjourned AGM. Should the AGM be adjourned for a longer 
period, to be so entitled, members must have been entered on the 
Register by close of business two days prior to the adjourned AGM 
(excluding weekends and public holidays) or, if the Company gives 
notice  of the  adjourned  AGM,  at the time  specified  in  such  notice.

Voting at the meeting will be conducted by poll rather than on a show 
of hands, which the Board believes provides a more accurate reflection 
of shareholder views and takes into account the number of shares held 
by  each  member.  Those  shareholders  who  are  unable  to  attend  the 
meeting should submit a form of proxy as detailed below. Shareholders 
attending the meeting may also wish to vote in advance of the meeting 
by  submitting  a  form  of  proxy.  Members  who  have  done  so  will  not 
need to vote at the meeting unless they wish to change their vote or the 
way in which the proxy is instructed to vote. 

A member entitled to attend and vote at this meeting may appoint a 
proxy or proxies to attend and vote instead of him or her. The proxy 
need not be a member of the Company. A form of proxy is provided 
with  this  notice  and  instructions  for  use  are  shown  on  the  form. 
Additional  forms  of  proxy  can  be  obtained  from  the  Company’s 
registrars on tel no 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard 
geographic  rate  and  will vary  by  provider.  Calls  outside the  United 
Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are 
open  between  09:00  –  17:30,  Monday  to  Friday  excluding  public 
holidays in England and Wales. Instruments appointing proxies must be 
lodged with the Company's registrars not less than 48 hours before the 
time fixed for the meeting to be effective. Completion and return of a 
form of proxy will not preclude a member from attending and voting in 
person at the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting. Alternatively, 
you may submit a proxy vote online through using the Signal Shares 
share portal service at www.signalshares.com no later than 10:30 am 
on 24 January 2018 (or in the case of an adjournment, not later than 
48 hours (excluding non-business days) before the time fixed for the 
holding of the adjourned meeting).

An abstention option is provided on the form of proxy to enable you to 
instruct  your  proxy  to  abstain  on  any  particular  resolution,  however,  
it should be noted that an abstention in this way is not a ‘vote’ in law 
and will not be counted in the calculation of the proportion of the votes 
‘For’ and ‘Against’ a resolution.

CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the 
CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the Annual 
General Meeting to be held on 26 January 2018 and any adjournment(s) 
of the meeting by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. 
CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and 
those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), 
should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who 
will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf. Please note 
the following:

a)   In  order  for  a  proxy  appointment  or  instruction  made  using  
the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message 
(a  “CREST  Proxy  Instruction”)  must  be  properly  authenticated 
in  accordance  with  Euroclear  UK  &  Ireland  Limited's  ("EUI") 
specifications and must contain the information required for such 
instructions,  as  described  in  the  CREST  Manual.  The  message, 
regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or 
an  amendment  to  the  instruction  given  to  a  previously  appointed 
proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received 
by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the latest time(s) for receipt of 
proxy  appointments  specified  in  this  notice  of  the  Annual  General 
Meeting.  For  this  purpose,  the  time  of  receipt  will  be  taken  to  be 
the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message 
by  the  CREST  applications  host)  from  which  the  issuer’s  agent  is 
able  to  retrieve  the  message  by  enquiry  to  CREST  in  the  manner 
prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to 
proxies  appointed through  CREST  should  be  communicated to the 
appointee through other means.

b)   CREST  members  and,  where  applicable,  their  CREST  sponsors 
or  voting  service  providers  should  note  that  EUI  does  not  make 
available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. 
Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation 
to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of 
the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member 
is  a  CREST  personal  member  or  sponsored  member  or  has 
appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST 
sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall 
be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of 
the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST 
members  and,  where  applicable,  their  CREST  sponsors  or  voting 
service providers are referred in particular to those sections of the  
CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system  
and timings.

c)   The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the 
circumstances set out in regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.

Members  may  change  proxy  instructions  by  submitting  a  new  proxy 
appointment  using  the  methods  set  out  above.  Note  that  the  cut-off 
time for receipt of proxy appointments also apply in relation to amended 
instructions;  any  amended  proxy  appointment  received  after  the 
relevant cut-off time will be disregarded. 

The right to appoint a proxy does not apply to persons whose shares 
are  held  on  their  behalf  by  another  person  and  who  have  been 
nominated to receive communications from the company in accordance 
with section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (“nominated persons”). 
Nominated  persons  may  have  a  right  under  an  agreement  with  the 
registered  shareholder  who  holds  the  shares  on  their  behalf  to  be 
appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy. Alternatively, 
if  nominated  persons  do  not  have  such  a  right,  or  do  not  wish  to 
exercise it, they may have a right under such an agreement to give 
instructions to the person holding the shares as to the exercise of 
voting rights.

A  member  of  the  Company  which  is  a  corporation  may  authorise  
a  person  or  persons  to  act  as  its  representative(s)  at  the  AGM.  
In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  
(as  amended  by  the  Companies  (Shareholders’  Rights)  Regulations 
2009),  each  such  representative  may  exercise  (on  behalf  of  the 
corporation)  the  same  powers  as  the  corporation  could  exercise  
if it were an individual member of the Company, provided that they  
do not do so in relation to the same shares. It is therefore no longer 
necessary to nominate a designated corporate representative.

99

Other InformationNOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (continued)

Pursuant to Section 319A of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
must cause to be answered at the AGM any question relating to the 
business  being  dealt  with  at  the  AGM  which  is  put  by  a  member 
attending the meeting, except in certain circumstances, including if it is 
undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the 
meeting that the question be answered or if to do so would involve the 
disclosure of confidential information. 

Members  satisfying the thresholds  in  Section  338  of the  Companies 
Act 2006 may require the Company to give, to members of the Company 
entitled to receive notice of the AGM, notice of a resolution which those 
members intend to move (and which may properly be moved) at the 
AGM.  A  resolution  may  properly  be  moved  at  the  AGM  unless  (i)  it 
would, if passed, be ineffective (whether by reason of any inconsistency 
with  any  enactment  or  the  Company’s  constitution  or  otherwise);  
(ii) it is defamatory of any person; or (iii) it is frivolous or vexatious.  
The business which may be dealt with at the AGM includes a resolution 
circulated pursuant to this right. A request made pursuant to this right 
may be in hard copy or electronic form, must identify the resolution of 
which  notice  is to  be  given,  must  be  authenticated  by the  person(s) 
making it and must be received by the Company not later than 6 weeks 
before the date of the AGM.

Members satisfying the thresholds in Section 338A of the Companies 
Act 2006 may request the Company to include in the business to be 
dealt with at the AGM any matter (other than a proposed resolution) 
which may properly be included in the business at the AGM. A matter 
may  properly  be  included  in the  business  at the  AGM  unless  (i)  it  is 
defamatory of any person or (ii) it is frivolous or vexatious. A request 
made  pursuant to this  right  may  be  in  hard  copy  or  electronic  form, 
must  identify  the  matter  to  be  included  in  the  business,  must  be 
accompanied by a statement setting out the grounds for the request, 
must be authenticated by the person(s) making it and must be received 
by the Company not later than 6 weeks before the date of the AGM.

In  accordance  with  Section  311A  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  the 
contents of this notice of meeting details the total number of shares  
in respect of which members are entitled to exercise voting rights  
at the AGM, the total voting rights members are entitled to exercise  
at the AGM and, if applicable, any members’ statements, members’ 
resolutions or members’ matters of business received by the Company 
after the date of this notice will be available on the Company’s website 
www.treatt.com.

As at 23 November 2017 the Company’s issued share capital consists 
of 52,905,170 ordinary shares. The total number of voting rights in the 
Company as at 23 November 2017 (the latest practicable reporting date 
prior to publication of this document) is 52,204,016. 

A statement of Directors' share transactions and copies of their service 
contracts and the letters of appointment of the Non-executive Directors 
are  available  for  inspection  during  usual  business  hours  at  the 
registered office of the Company from the date of this notice until the 
date  of the  AGM  (Saturdays,  Sundays  and  public  holidays  excluded) 
and will be available at the place of the meeting for fifteen minutes prior 
to and during the meeting.

Except  as  provided  above,  members  who  wish  to  communicate  
with the Company in relation to the meeting should do so using the 
following means:

Calling the Company Secretary on +44 1284 702500; 

Emailing the Company Secretary on cosec@treatt.com; or

Writing to: The Company Secretary, Treatt plc,  
Northern Way, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 6NL.

EXPLANATORY NOTES
Report and Accounts (Resolution 1)
The Directors of the Company must present the accounts to the meeting.

Directors’ Remuneration Report (Resolution 2)
The  Companies  Act  2006,  implemented  by  the  Enterprise  and 
Regulatory Reform Act 2013, provides that a quoted company may not 
make  a  remuneration  payment  to  a  Director  of  the  Company  unless  
the payment is consistent with the Company’s Remuneration Policy,  
as  approved  by  shareholders,  or  the  payment  is  approved  by  a 
Shareholders’ Resolution. The legislation requires two resolutions to be 
put to shareholders on separate sections of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report. The first of these is an advisory resolution on the Implementation 
Section  of  the  Directors’  Remuneration  Report,  which  details  the 
remuneration packages paid to Directors during the year ended 30 
September  2017.  You  can  find  the  Implementation  Section  of  the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 52 to 55.

Declaration of a dividend (Resolution 3)
A final dividend can only be paid after the shareholders at a general 
meeting have approved it. A final dividend of 3.35 pence per ordinary 
share is recommended by the Directors for payment to shareholders 
who  are  on the  register  of  members  at the  close  of  business  on  16 
February 2018. If approved, the date of payment of the final dividend 
will be 22 March 2018. An interim dividend of 1.45 pence per ordinary 
share was paid on 17 August 2017. This represents an increase of 0.45 
pence per share, or 10.4 per cent, on the total 2016 dividend.

Re-election of Directors (Resolutions 4 and 5)
In  accordance  with the  Articles  of  Association,  all  Directors  retire  at 
least every three years and all newly appointed Directors retire at the 
first Annual General Meeting following their appointment. Furthermore, 
any Non-executive Director having been in post for nine years or more 
is subject to annual re-election.

At this meeting, Tim Jones and Richard Hope will retire and stand for 
re-election as Directors. Short biographies of these Directors are given 
on page 23. Having considered the performance of, and contribution 
made,  by  each  of  the  Directors  standing  for  re-election  the  Board 
remains satisfied that the performance of each of the relevant Directors 
continues to be effective and to demonstrate commitment to the role 
and, as such, recommends their re-election.

Reappointment and remuneration of auditors (Resolutions 6 and 7)
Resolutions  6  and  7  propose  the  reappointment  of  RSM  UK  Audit  
LLP as Auditors of the Company and authorise the Directors to set  
their remuneration.

100

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Authority to purchase own shares (Resolution 11)
In  certain  circumstances,  it  may  be  advantageous  for  the  Company  
to  purchase  its  own  shares  and  resolution  11  seeks  the  authority  
from shareholders to continue to do so. The Directors will continue to 
exercise  this  power  only  when,  in  the  light  of  market  conditions 
prevailing at the time, they believe that the effect of such purchases will 
be  to  increase  earnings  per  share  and  is  in  the  best  interests  of 
shareholders generally. Other investment opportunities, appropriate 
gearing levels and the overall position of the Company will be taken into 
account when exercising this authority.

Any shares purchased in this way will be cancelled and the number  
of shares in issue will be reduced accordingly, save that the Company 
may hold in treasury any of its own shares that it purchases pursuant 
to the Act and the authority conferred by this resolution. This gives the 
Company  the  ability  to  re-issue  treasury  shares  quickly  and  cost-
effectively  and  provides the  Company  with  greater  flexibility  in the 
management  of  its  capital  base.  It  also  gives  the  Company  the 
opportunity to  satisfy  employee  share  scheme  awards  with treasury 
shares. Once held in treasury, the Company is not entitled to exercise 
any rights, including the right to attend and vote at meetings in respect 
of  the  shares.  Further,  no  dividend  or  other  distribution  of  the 
Company’s  assets  may  be  made to the  Company  in  respect  of the 
treasury shares.

The resolution specifies the maximum number of ordinary shares that 
may be acquired (approximately 10 per cent of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital as at 23 November 2017) and the maximum and 
minimum prices at which they may be bought.

The total number of options to subscribe for ordinary shares that were 
outstanding at 23 November 2017 (the latest practicable reporting date 
prior to publication of this document) was 2,055,870. The proportion of 
issued share capital that they represented at that time was 3.8 per cent 
and the proportion of issued share capital that they will represent if the 
full authority to purchase shares (existing and being sought) is used  
is 4.3 per cent.

Resolution 11 will be proposed as a Special Resolution to provide the 
Company  with  the  necessary  authority.  If  given,  this  authority  will 
expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the 
Company in 2019 or, if earlier, 26 April 2019 (the date which is 15 
months after the date of passing of the resolution).

The  Directors  intend  to  seek  renewal  of  this  power  at  subsequent 
Annual General Meetings.

Remuneration Policy Report (Resolution 8)
As referred to under Resolution 2 above, two resolutions are required 
to  be  put  to  shareholders  on  separate  sections  of  the  Directors’ 
Remuneration  Report.  The  second  of these  is  a  binding  resolution, 
passed by a majority, to approve the Company’s Remuneration Policy. 
Although the policy was approved at the 2017 Annual General Meeting, 
it has been revised to remove the overarching flexibility and to make 
minor technical changes to bring it into line with the policies operated 
by other FTSE SmallCap companies and therefore requires the approval 
of Shareholders. Once approved, a Remuneration Policy only requires 
Shareholder  approval  every  three  years  unless  any  revisions  are 
required. The policy, which is set out on pages 46 to 51, will apply to  
all payments made to Directors from the date the policy is approved  
by shareholders. In the event that this resolution is not passed at the 
Annual  General  Meeting,  the  version  of  the  Remuneration  Policy 
approved by shareholders in 2017 will continue in force. 

Directors’ authority to allot securities (Resolution 9)
The  Company  may  only  allot  ordinary  shares  or  grant  rights  over 
ordinary shares if authorised to do so by shareholders. This resolution 
seeks to grant authority to the Directors to allot unissued share capital 
of the Company and grant rights and will expire at the conclusion of the 
next Annual General Meeting of the Company in 2019 or, if earlier, on 
26 April 2019 (the date which is 15 months after the date of passing of 
the resolution). There is no present intention of exercising this authority, 
which would give Directors authority to allot relevant securities up to 
an aggregate nominal value of £349,174 approximately 33 per cent of 
the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 23 November 2017.

Disapplication of pre-emption rights (Resolution 10)
Under  Section  561  of  the  Act,  if  the  Directors  wish  to  allot  any  
of the unissued shares or grant rights over shares or sell treasury 
shares for cash (other than pursuant to an employee share scheme) 
they must in the first instance offer them to existing shareholders in 
proportion to their holdings. There may be occasions, however, when 
the Directors will need the flexibility to finance business opportunities 
by the issue of ordinary shares without a pre-emptive offer to existing 
shareholders.  This  cannot  be  done  under  the  Act  unless  the 
shareholders have first waived their pre-emption rights.

Resolution 10 asks the shareholders to do this and, apart from rights 
issues or any other pre-emptive offer concerning equity securities, the 
authority will be limited to the issue of shares for cash up to a maximum 
aggregate nominal value of £52,905 (which includes the sale on a non 
pre-emptive basis of any shares held in treasury), which is equivalent 
to  approximately  5  per  cent  of the  Company’s  issued  ordinary  share 
capital  as  at  23  November  2017.  Shareholders  will  note  that  this 
resolution  also  relates to treasury  shares  and  will  be  proposed  as  
a Special Resolution.

This resolution seeks a disapplication of the pre-emption rights on a 
rights issue so as to allow the Directors to make exclusions or such 
other arrangements as may be appropriate to resolve legal or practical 
problems which, for example, might arise with overseas shareholders. 
If given, the authority will expire at the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company in 2019 or, if earlier, 26 April 2019 
(the date which is 15 months after the date of passing of the resolution).

The  Directors  intend  to  adhere  to  the  provisions  in  the  Pre-emption 
Group’s  Statement  of  Principles  and  to  not  allot  shares  for  cash  on  
a non pre-emptive basis pursuant to the authority in Resolution 10 (i)  
in excess of an amount equal to 5% of the total issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company; or (ii) in excess of an amount equal to 7.5% of 
the total issued ordinary share capital of the Company within a rolling 
three-year period, without prior consultation with shareholders.

101

Other InformationPARENT COMPANY INFORMATION AND ADVISORS

Directors 

Tim Jones (Chairman and Non-executive Director) 
Daemmon Reeve (Chief Executive Officer) 
Richard Hope (Chief Financial Officer) 
Anita Haines (Non-executive Director) 
Jeff Iliffe (Non-executive Director) 
Richard Illek (Non-executive Director) 
David Johnston (Senior Independent Non-executive Director)

Secretary 

Anita Steer

Registered Office 

Northern Way, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 6NL. 
Tel: + 44 (0) 1284 702500.  Email: cosec@treatt.com. 
Website: www.treatt.com

Registered Number 

01568937

Audit Committee 

Remuneration Committee 

Nomination Committee 

Jeff Iliffe (Chairman) 
David Johnston  
Tim Jones 

David Johnston (Chairman) 
Jeff Iliffe 
Richard Illek 
Tim Jones

Tim Jones (Chairman) 
Daemmon Reeve 
Anita Haines 
Jeff Iliffe 
Richard Illek 
David Johnston 

Investec Investment Banking, 2 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7QP.

RSM UK Audit LLP, Abbotsgate House, Hollow Road, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 7FA.

KPMG LLP, Botanic House, 98-100 Hills Road, Cambridge, CB2 1JZ. 
Crowe Howarth LLP, 124 South Florida Avenue, Suite 201, Lakeland, Florida 33801-4629.

Greene and Greene, 80 Guildhall Street, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, IP33 1QB.

HSBC Bank plc, 140 Leadenhall Street, London, EC3V 4PS. 
Lloyds Banking Group, Black Horse House, Castle Park, Cambridge, CB3 0AR. 
Bank of America, 5th Floor, 101 E. Kennedy Boulevard, Tampa, FL 33602.

Link Asset Services (formally Capita Asset Services, The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham,  
Kent, BR3 4TU.

 Treatt plc's share price is available on www.ft.com. Annual and interim reports are available on the Group’s 
website (www.treatt.com). 

Brokers 

Auditors 

Tax Advisors 

Solicitors 

Bankers 

Registrars 

Share Price 

102

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL CALENDAR

2016/17

Financial year ended 

Results for year announced 

30 September 2017

28 November 2017

Annual Report and Financial Statements published 

14 December 2017

Annual General Meeting 

Final dividend for 2017 goes ‘ex-dividend’ 

Record date for 2017 final dividend 

Last day for dividend reinvestment plan election 

Final dividend for 2017 paid 

26 January 2018

 8 February 2018

9 February 2018

1 March 2018

22 March 2018

2017/18

Interim results to 31 March 2018 announced 

Interim dividend for 2018 goes ‘ex-dividend’ 

Record date for 2018 interim dividend 

Last day for dividend reinvestment plan election 

Interim dividend for 2018 paid 

Financial year ended  

8 May 2018*

5 July 2018*

6 July 2018*

26 July 2018*

16 August 2018*

30 September 2018

Results for year to 30 September 2018 announced 

27 November 2018*

Final dividend for 2018 paid 

21 March 2019*

*These dates are provisional and may be subject to change

103

Other InformationNOTES

104

Treatt plc – Annual Report & Financial Statements 2017Produced by corporateprm, Edinburgh and London. www.corporateprm.co.uk

+44 (0)1284 702500  enquiries@treatt.com  www.treatt.com

Northern Way, Bury St. Edmunds, Suffolk, IP32 6NL, United Kingdom